FIRST FINANCIAL CORP /RI/
424B1, 1996-05-15
STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: FLIR SYSTEMS INC, 10-Q, 1996-05-15
Next: FONAR CORP, 10-Q, 1996-05-15






                                      Rule 424(b)(1) - Registration No. 333-1654
   
PROSPECTUS
    

                                 550,000 SHARES

                [LOGO]        FIRST FINANCIAL CORP.

                                  COMMON STOCK

    First Financial Corp. (the "Company"), a Rhode Island chartered bank holding
company, hereby offers (the "Public Offering") for sale 550,000 shares of common
stock, par value $1.00 per share (the "Common Stock").
All of such shares are being sold by the Company.

   
    Prior to the Public Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock.  The public  offering  price of the Common  Stock is $9.75 per share (the
"Public  Offering  Price").  See  the  section  entitled  "Underwriting"  for  a
discussion of the factors  considered in determining  the Public Offering Price.
The Common Stock has been approved for quotation on the Nasdaq  National  Market
System  under the symbol  "FTFN".  Sandler  O'Neill & Partners,  L.P.  ("Sandler
O'Neill" or the  "Underwriter")  has indicated its intention to make a market in
the Common  Stock;  however,  it has no obligation to make such a market and may
discontinue making a market at any time.
    

    SEE THE SECTION ENTITLED "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 8 FOR A DISCUSSION
OF CERTAIN  FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY  PROSPECTIVE  PURCHASERS OF THE
COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.

    THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY ARE NOT SAVINGS ACCOUNTS, DEPOSITS
OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY'S  SUBSIDIARY,  FIRST BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
(THE "BANK"),  AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE  CORPORATION
OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.
                                 _____________

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
       EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
            PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
            ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                              PUBLIC       UNDERWRITING      ESTIMATED
                                                             OFFERING      DISCOUNT AND     PROCEEDS TO
                                                               PRICE      COMMISSIONS(1)     COMPANY(2)
<S>                                                         <C>           <C>               <C>
Per Share                                                   $9.75         $0.58             $9.17
Total(3)                                                    $5,362,500    $319,000          $5,043,500
    
</TABLE>

__________
(1) See "Underwriting" for information concerning indemnification of the
    Underwriter and other matters.

   
(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated at $450,000.
    See "Use of Proceeds."

(3) The Company has granted to the Underwriter a 30-day option to purchase up to
    82,500   additional   shares   of  the   Common   Stock   solely   to  cover
    over-allotments,  if any. See  "Underwriting." If the Underwriter  exercises
    this option in full, the public  offering price will total  $6,166,875,  the
    underwriting discount and commissions will total $366,850,  and the proceeds
    to the Company will total $5,800,025.
       
                                 _____________

    The shares of the Common  Stock are  offered by the  Underwriter  subject to
prior sale, when, as and if delivered to, and accepted by, the Underwriter.  The
Underwriter  reserves  the right to  withdraw or cancel such offer and to reject
any order in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the  certificates
representing such shares will be made against payment therefor at the offices of
Sandler  O'Neill located at Two World Trade Center,  104th Floor,  New York, New
York 10048 on or about May 17, 1996.
    
                                 _____________

                        SANDLER O'NEILL & PARTNERS, L.P.
                                 _____________

   
                   THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS MAY 13, 1996
    










                               [Insert Map]

[In this area is a map of the greater Rhode Island area showing First Financial
                            Corp. Branch Locations]












 

 180 WASHINGTON STREET        645 RESERVOIR AVENUE          1168 MAIN STREET
  PROVIDENCE, RI 02903         CRANSTON, RI 02920           WYOMING, RI 02893

                                 _____________


    IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS OFFERING,  THE UNDERWRITER MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AT
A LEVEL  ABOVE THAT WHICH  MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL  IN THE OPEN  MARKET.  SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.

    In  connection  with the Public  Offering,  the  Company  has filed with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Commission") a Registration  Statement
on Form S-1, as amended (the "Registration  Statement") under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act"), of which this  Prospectus  forms a
part.

   
    The  Company  intends  to  furnish  its  stockholders  with  annual  reports
containing  financial  statements  audited by its independent public accountants
and  quarterly  reports  for  the  first  three  quarters  of each  fiscal  year
containing unaudited condensed financial  information.  In addition, the Company
is subject to the  information  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of
1934 (the "Exchange Act"), as amended,  and in accordance  therewith,  will file
reports, proxy statements and other information with the Commission.
    



                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

   
    The  following  summary is qualified  in its  entirety by the more  detailed
information and financial  statements and related notes  appearing  elsewhere in
this Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, information in this Prospectus: (i)
assumes no exercise of the  Underwriter's  overallotment  option;  (ii) has been
adjusted to reflect a 10 for 1 stock  split  effected by the Company in December
of 1994 (the "10 for 1 Stock Split");  and (iii) assumes the exercise of certain
outstanding  options  resulting in the  issuance of 28,041  shares of the Common
Stock prior to the Public Offering.  Unless the context otherwise requires,  all
references in this  Prospectus to the "Company" shall mean First Financial Corp.
together with its subsidiary, First Bank and Trust Company (the "Bank").
    

                                   THE COMPANY

    First  Financial  Corp.  (the  "Company") is a bank holding company that was
organized  under Rhode  Island law in 1980 for the purposes of owning all of the
outstanding  capital  stock of the Bank and  providing  greater  flexibility  in
helping the Bank achieve its  strategic  objectives.  The primary  assets of the
Company are the capital  stock of the Bank and,  upon  completion  of the Public
Offering, the net proceeds therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds." The business of the
Company is currently limited to the business of the Bank, which is the Company's
sole subsidiary. As of December 31, 1995, the Company had consolidated assets of
$100.3 million and consolidated deposits of $89.6 million. See "The Company."

    The  Bank is a Rhode  Island  state-chartered  commercial  bank  with  three
banking offices, including its main and executive offices located in Providence,
Rhode Island.  Today,  consistent with its initial  strategy,  the Bank offers a
wide range of lending and deposit  products  primarily to individuals  and small
businesses. Deposit services include checking, savings accounts, certificates of
deposit,  individual  retirement  accounts and safe  deposit box  rentals.  Loan
products  include  commercial,   commercial  mortgage,   residential   mortgage,
construction, home equity and a variety of consumer loans.

    The Bank's  strategy of managed growth through varied and often  challenging
economic  cycles  has been  strategically  supplemented  by both de novo  branch
expansion and  acquisition.  The Bank's first  expansion  beyond its main office
occurred in 1981 with the opening of its Cranston, Rhode Island branch. The Bank
was presented with a further growth opportunity in 1991 as a result of the Rhode
Island "credit union crisis," when 45 privately-insured  banks and credit unions
were  closed  by  order  of  the  Governor  of  Rhode   Island,   including  the
Chariho-Exeter  Credit Union located in the Wyoming  section of Richmond,  Rhode
Island.   In  1992,  the  Bank  acquired  certain  assets  and  assumed  certain
liabilities of the Chariho-Exeter  Credit Union. See "Business -- General" and "
- -- Acquisition."

                                  RISK FACTORS

    See "Risk  Factors"  for a  discussion  of certain  factors  that  should be
considered by prospective investors.


                                       3



                                  THE OFFERING

Common Stock Offered by
  the Company ............  550,000 shares

   
Common Stock to be
  Outstanding After the
  Public Offering ........  1,261,241 shares
    

Underwriters Overallotment. 82,500 shares

Use of Proceeds ..........  The Company  intends to retain the net  proceeds  of
                              the  Public  Offering  and use such  proceeds  for
                              general corporate purposes and to pursue strategic
                              objectives.  Depending  on  certain  factors,  the
                              Company  may  use the net  proceeds  to  discharge
                              certain  indebtedness of the Company.  See "Use of
                              Proceeds."

Maximum Purchase .........  In order to   promote   broader   distribution   and
                              increase  the  likelihood  that  there  will  be a
                              sufficient  number of shareholders for the Company
                              to be eligible for trading on the Nasdaq  National
                              Market  System,  no  purchaser  will be allowed to
                              purchase in the aggregate more than $100,000 worth
                              of  Common   Stock  in  the  Public   Offering  as
                              determined by the Public Offering Price multiplied
                              by the number of shares purchased.

Regulatory Limitation ....  The Company  will not be required to issue shares of
                              Common  Stock  pursuant to the Public  Offering to
                              any person  who,  in the  opinion of the  Company,
                              would be required  to obtain  prior  clearance  or
                              approval from any state or federal bank regulatory
                              authority to own or control such shares if, at the
                              termination of the Public  Offering such clearance
                              or approval has not been  obtained or any required
                              waiting  period has not expired.  See  "Regulation
                              and Supervision."

Right to Amend or
  Terminate the Public
  Offering ...............  The Company  expressly  reserves  the right to amend
                              the terms and  conditions of the Public  Offering.
                              In the event of a material  change in the terms of
                              the Public  Offering,  the  Company  will file any
                              necessary   post-effective   amendments   to   the
                              Registration  Statement.   The  Company  expressly
                              reserves the right,  at any time prior to delivery
                              of  shares  of  the  Common  Stock   offered,   to
                              terminate  the Public  Offering  by giving oral or
                              written notice  thereof to Sandler  O'Neill and by
                              making  a  public  announcement  thereof.  Without
                              limiting  the  manner  in which  the  Company  may
                              choose  to  make  a  public  announcement  or  any
                              amendment or termination  of the Public  Offering,
                              the Company  shall have no  obligation to publish,
                              advertise or otherwise communicate any such public
                              announcement,  other  than by issuing a release to
                              the local media.
                                       
                                       4



   
Underwriting .............  The Underwriter has agreed, subject to the terms and
                              conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement
                              entered  into  between  the  Underwriter  and  the
                              Company   (the   "Underwriting   Agreement"),   to
                              purchase from the Company the shares of the Common
                              Stock offered hereby at the Public  Offering Price
                              less underwriting discounts set forth on the cover
                              page  of   this   Prospectus.   The   Underwriting
                              Agreement  provides  that the  obligations  of the
                              Underwriter  are  subject  to  certain  conditions
                              precedent,  and that the  Underwriter is committed
                              to  purchase  all  of  such  shares,  if  any  are
                              purchased. See "Underwriting."
    

Right to Reject Offers ...  The  Underwriter  reserves  the  right to  accept or
                              reject  all  offers  to  purchase   Common   Stock
                              pursuant  to the  Public  Offering  in whole or in
                              part.

                              DIVIDEND POLICY

    The Company has paid semi-annual dividends to its shareholders  continuously
since 1983.  Annualized  dividends  paid by the Company have increased from $.06
for the year ended  December 31, 1991,  to $.11 for the year ended  December 31,
1995. The Company's  ability to pay dividends to the holders of the Common Stock
is subject to the  determination  of the Board of  Directors of the Company (the
"Company  Board") and  depends  upon  receipt of  dividends  from the Bank.  The
payment of dividends by the Bank is subject to prior  consideration by the Board
of Directors of the Bank (the "Bank  Board") of a number of factors,  including,
but not  limited  to,  applicable  federal  and state  regulatory  restrictions,
capital  requirements,  results of  operations  and  financial  conditions,  tax
considerations   and  general   economic   conditions.   See   "Regulation   and
Supervision."

                   
                                       5


                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

    The  selected  consolidated  balance  sheet data as of December 31, 1995 and
1994 and the  selected  consolidated  statement  of income  data for each of the
years  ended  December  31,  1995,  1994 and 1993  have  been  derived  from the
Company's Consolidated Financial Statements,  including the Notes thereto, which
have been  audited  by  Arthur  Andersen  LLP,  independent  public  accountants
("Arthur Andersen"), and are included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The selected
consolidated  balance sheet data as of December 31, 1993,  1992 and 1991 and the
summary  consolidated  statement  of  income  data for each of the  years  ended
December  31, 1992 and 1991 have been derived  from the  Company's  Consolidated
Financial Statements,  including the Notes thereto, which have also been audited
by Arthur  Andersen,  but are not  included in this  Prospectus.  The  following
selected  consolidated  financial  data  are  qualified  by  the  more  detailed
Consolidated  Financial Statements of the Company and the Notes thereto included
elsewhere in this  Prospectus,  and should be read in conjunction  therewith and
with the  discussion  under  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this Prospectus.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     ------------------------
                                                                        1995        1994        1993        1992        1991
                                                                        ----        ----        ----        ----        ----
                                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                  <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
FINANCIAL CONDITION DATA:
   Total assets ...................................................   $100,304    $ 92,822    $ 87,594    $ 96,571    $ 65,343
   Investment, securities purchased under agreement
     to resell, federal funds sold and interest bearing
     deposits .....................................................     30,811      30,327      29,634      42,453      26,921
   Total loans ....................................................     64,701      58,569      54,453      49,349      34,400
   Allowance for possible loan losses .............................      1,828       2,257       2,300       1,414         575
   Total deposits .................................................     89,591      83,184      78,535      86,695      55,900
   Senior debenture ...............................................      2,845       2,736       2,557       2,390          --
   Total stockholders' equity .....................................      7,192       6,559       6,124       5,621       5,394

STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
   Interest income ................................................      7,732       6,794       6,624       6,510       5,775
   Interest expense ...............................................      3,669       2,629       2,803       2,955       2,971
                                                                         -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
   Net interest income ............................................      4,063       4,165       3,821       3,555       2,804
   Provision for possible loan losses .............................        675         555         545         630         285
                                                                           ---         ---         ---         ---         ---
   Net interest income after provision for possible
     loan losses ..................................................      3,388       3,610       3,276       2,925       2,519
   Non-interest income ............................................        474         390         409         477         283
   Non-interest expense ...........................................      3,093       2,989       2,805       2,956       2,211
   Income taxes ...................................................        251         399         330         177         227
                                                                           ---         ---         ---         ---         ---
   Net income .....................................................   $    518    $    612    $    550    $    269    $    364
                                                                      ========    ========    ========    ========    ========

PER SHARE DATA(1):
   Net income .....................................................   $   0.71    $   0.84    $   0.76    $   0.37    $   0.50
   Book value .....................................................      10.35        9.60        8.96        8.23        7.89
   Cash dividends declared ........................................       0.11        0.09        0.07        0.06        0.06
   Dividend payout ratio ..........................................      14.51%      10.05%       8.69%      15.26%      11.27%
   Weighted average common and common stock equivalent
     shares outstanding ...........................................    728,708      727,573     726,459     724,974     724,189
</TABLE>

                                       6

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                           ------------------------
                                                                           1995       1994        1993        1992        1991
                                                                           ----       ----        ----        ----        ----
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
OPERATING RATIO DATA:
   Return on average total assets .................................       0.54%       0.68%       0.61%       0.30%       0.56%
   Return on average stockholders' equity .........................       7.45        9.60        9.30        4.83        6.95
   Net interest margin(2). ........................................       4.43        4.82        4.38        4.32        4.64
   Loans to deposits ratio ........................................      72.22       70.41       69.34       56.92       61.54
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS:                                                                                                  
   Nonperforming assets to total assets ...........................       2.00%       1.58%       2.34%       1.13%       1.06%
   Nonperforming loans to total loans .............................       0.83        0.89        0.98        1.55        0.17
   Net loan charge-offs to average loans(3). ......................       1.01        0.97        1.11        1.73        0.48
   Allowance for possible loan losses to total                                                                         
     loans(3). ....................................................       1.47        1.50        1.54        1.71        1.67
   Allowance for possible loan losses to nonperforming                                                                 
     loans(3). ....................................................     160.63      146.76      132.46       94.12      961.50
CAPITAL RATIOS(4):                                                                                                    
   Tier 1 risk-based capital ......................................      10.20%      11.11%      10.92%      10.48%      13.47%
   Total risk-based capital .......................................      11.46       12.36       12.17       11.64       14.91
   Leverage .......................................................       6.87        7.01        6.81        5.74        8.18
</TABLE>

__________
(1)  Per share  data has been  restated  to  reflect  the 10 for 1 Stock  Split.
     Earnings per share is based upon the weighted  average number of common and
     common stock equivalent shares outstanding

(2)  The  net  interest  margin  is net  interest   income  divided  by  average
     interest-earning assets.

(3)  Ratios are exclusive of acquired loans,  acquired  reserve for loan losses,
     and activity in the acquired  reserve for loan losses  associated  with the
     1992   acquisition   of  certain  assets  and  the  assumption  of  certain
     liabilities  of the former  Chariho-Exeter  Credit Union.  See "Business --
     Acquisition" and "NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS" for further
     information.

(4)  Capital Ratios are computed in accordance  with  guidelines of the Board of
     Governors of the Federal  Reserve System  ("Federal  Reserve  Board").  The
     leverage  ratio is  defined  as the ratio of Tier I  risk-based  capital to
     adjusted  total  assets.   See   "Regulation  and  Supervision  --  Capital
     Requirements"  and  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
     Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."


                                       7

   
                                  RISK FACTORS

    In addition  to the other  information  contained  in this  Prospectus,  the
following  factors  should be  considered  carefully in  evaluating  the Company
before purchasing any of the shares of the Common Stock offered hereby.

EXPOSURE TO ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

    The  Company's  success is  dependent to a  significant  extent upon general
economic  conditions in the metropolitan  Providence area and the area's ability
to attract  new  business.  The  ability of the  Providence  area to attract new
business depends largely on economic  conditions  throughout  Rhode Island,  the
rest of  Southeastern  New England and the United States as a whole. An economic
downturn in the geographic markets served by the Bank could increase competitive
pressures for quality lending opportunities and adversely affect: (i) the Bank's
ability to attract and retain deposits and originate loans;  (ii) the ability of
the Bank's borrowers to repay loans; (iii) the value of any collateral  securing
such  loans;  and (iv)  consequently,  the  financial  condition  and results of
operations of the Company.  Given the size of the Bank's loan portfolio  secured
by  real  estate,  the  Bank  and  consequently  the  Company,  is  particularly
vulnerable  to any economic  trend that would result in a decline in real estate
values in Rhode  Island.  See " --  Business  Concentration."  Rhode  Island has
experienced an economic  slowdown and a resultant decline in real estate values.
While conditions  appear to have stabilized,  the Rhode Island economy continues
to be weak, and poor economic  conditions in the future could  adversely  affect
the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the  Company.   See
"Business-- Market Area."

REAL ESTATE LENDING RISK

    In the past, the Bank has engaged in significant  commercial lending secured
by commercial real estate, 1 to 4 family,  and multi-family  non-owner  occupied
real estate.  As a result of the Bank's overall real estate lending  activities,
including its commercial  loans secured by real estate,  any further  decline in
real estate values would adversely  effect the value of collateral  securing the
Bank's loans and could adversely  effect the financial  condition and results of
operations  of the  Company.  See  "Business -- Loan  Portfolio  and Maturity --
Commercial and Residential Real Estate Loans."

INTEREST RATE RISK

    Interest Rate Sensitivity/"Gap" Analysis. The Company's earnings depend to a
great extent upon the level of net interest  income  generated by the Bank.  Net
interest  income is the difference  between  interest income earned on loans and
investments and the interest expense paid on deposits and other borrowings. From
time to time, the maturity  and/or  repricing of assets and  liabilities are not
balanced,  and a rapid  increase or  decrease  in  interest  rates could have an
adverse effect on net interest margins and results of operations of the Company.
The  difference  between  the  Company's   interest-rate  sensitive  assets  and
interest-rate  sensitive  liabilities for a specified time-frame as a percentage
of total  assets is  referred to as "gap." A company is  considered  to be asset
sensitive,  or having a positive  gap,  when the amount of its  interest-earning
assets  maturing or repricing  within a given  period  exceeds the amount of its
interest-bearing liabilities also maturing or repricing within that time period.
Conversely,  a company is  considered  to be  liability  sensitive,  or having a
negative gap, when the amount of its  interest-bearing  liabilities  maturing or
repricing  within a given  period  exceeds  the  amount of its  interest-earning
assets also  maturing  or  repricing  within a given  period.  A  company's  gap
indicates the impact on net interest  income of a movement in interest rates for
the relevant time frame.  During a period of rising  interest  rates, a positive
gap would tend to increase net interest income,  while a negative gap would tend
to adversely  affect net interest  income.  During a period of falling  interest
rates, a positive gap would tend to adversely affect net interest income,  while
a negative gap would tend to increase net interest income. At December 31, 1995,
the Company had a negative gap of 6.47% of total assets, as its interest-bearing
liabilities  maturing or  repricing  within one year  exceeded the amount of its
interest-  earning assets maturing or repricing  within that time period by $6.5
million. As a result,  disregarding other factors affecting net interest income,
the Company's net interest  income for 1996 would be


                                       8


expected to increase  during a period of declining  interest  rates and decrease
during a period of rising  interest  rates.  See  "Management's  Discussion  And
Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations  --  Asset/Liability
Management."

    Recent Impact on Cost of Funds. The increase in interest rates in 1994 had a
delayed  impact on the  Company's  cost of funds for  fiscal  1995 which in turn
impacted net interest  margin for fiscal 1995. The Company's net interest margin
decreased  from 4.82% for fiscal 1994 to 4.43% for 1995.  The  reduction  in net
interest  margin  is  attributable  in part  to the  combination  of a shift  of
existing  core  deposits and new  deposits  into  higher-yielding  interest-rate
sensitive  certificates of deposit.  These deposits are priced at variable rates
tied to the three month yield on U.S. Treasury Bills, reprice every three months
and, at December 31, 1995,  accounted  for  approximately  33% of the  Company's
interest  bearing  deposits.  See  "Management's   Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations -- Results of Operations -- Net
Interest Income."

    General Impact on Lending Activity.  The Bank's lending activity may also be
adversely affected by a rise in interest rates.  Increases in interest rates may
reduce the amount of demand for loans,  resulting in a decrease in the amount of
loan  and  commitment  fees  and  income  on the  sale of  loans.  In  addition,
fluctuations  in interest rates may also result in  disintermediation,  which is
the flow of funds away from  depository  institutions  into  direct  investments
which pay a higher  rate of return,  and may  affect the value of the  Company's
investment securities and other interest earning assets.

    As a result of the Company's  assets  consisting of a substantial  number of
loans with interest rates which change in accordance  with changes in prevailing
market rates, if interest rates rise sharply, certain of the Company's borrowers
would be  required  to make  higher  interest  payments  on their  loans.  Thus,
increases in interest  rates may cause the Company to  experience an increase in
delinquent  loans and defaults to the extent that  borrowers were unable to meet
their increased debt servicing obligations.

    Other Factors  Affecting  Interest  Rates.  In addition,  interest rates are
highly  sensitive  to many  factors  which are beyond  the  control of the Bank,
including the  influence of domestic and foreign  economic  conditions,  and, in
particular, the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and
federal agencies. The nature, timing and effect of any future changes in federal
monetary and fiscal  policies on the Bank and its results of operations  are not
predictable.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
And Results of Operations -- Asset/liability Management."

COMPETITION

    The banking  business is highly  competitive,  and the  profitability of the
Company  depends  upon the Bank's  ability to attract  loans and deposits in the
metropolitan  Providence  area.  The Bank  competes  with other  commercial  and
savings banks, savings and loan associations,  credit unions, finance companies,
mutual funds,  insurance  companies,  brokerage and investment banking firms and
certain  other  nonfinancial  institutions,  including  retail  stores which may
maintain their own credit programs and certain governmental  organizations which
may  offer  more  favorable  financing  terms  than  the  Bank.  Many  of  these
competitors have a statewide,  regional and in some cases national presence, are
significantly  larger than the Company and may have greater  financial and other
resources than the Company. See "Business -- Competition."

    Rhode Island permits statewide branch banking and statewide savings and loan
branching  which may also  increase  competition  for the Bank. On September 29,
1994,  the  Interstate  Banking  and  Branching  Efficiency  Act  of  1994  (the
"Interstate  Banking Act") became effective.  The Interstate Banking Act expands
the authority of bank holding  companies and banks to engage in interstate  bank
acquisitions  and  interstate  branching  which may increase  competition in the
Bank's  market.  In  addition,  Rhode  Island law permits the  establishment  of
interstate  branches by  out-of-state  banks where the laws of the home state of
the out-of-state  bank so permit under conditions no more restrictive than under
Rhode  Island  law.  In light of the  legislative  initiatives  relating  to the
banking  industry  introduced  during the past  several  years,  there can be no
assurance that the United States Congress will not enact additional  legislation
that may further remove restrictions on the activities of banks and bank holding
companies in a manner that could further increase  competitive  pressures on the
Company and the Bank. See "Business -- Competition," "Regulation and Supervision
- -- Interstate Banking Legislation" and " -- 1991 Banking Legislation."


                                       9


REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

    Bank holding  companies,  such as the Company,  and banks, such as the Bank,
operate  in  a  highly  regulated  environment  and  are  subject  to  extensive
supervision and examination by several  federal and state  regulatory  agencies.
The Company is subject to the Bank Holding  Company Act of 1956, as amended (the
"BHCA"),  and to regulation and  supervision by the Federal  Reserve Board.  The
Bank, which is chartered under the general laws of the State of Rhode Island, is
subject to regulation and supervision by the Rhode Island Department of Business
Regulation,  Division of Banking  (the  "Banking  Division")  and by the Federal
Deposit Insurance  Corporation (the "FDIC").  These  regulations  govern and, in
many instances limit the policies and activities of the Company and the Bank. In
addition,  these  regulations  are  intended  primarily  for the  protection  of
depositors  rather than for the benefit of  investors.  Modification  or revised
interpretations  of the applicable  laws and  regulations  could have a material
impact on the Company and the Bank. See "Regulation and Supervision."

ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES

    Although the Bank  utilizes its best judgment in providing for possible loan
losses,  there  can be no  assurance  that it will  not  have  to  increase  its
provisions  to the  allowance for possible loan losses in the future as a result
of adverse developments in the real estate market and the local economy,  future
increases in  non-performing  loans,  or for other reasons which would adversely
affect the Company's  results of  operations.  In addition,  various  regulatory
agencies, as an integral part of their examination process,  periodically review
the Bank's  allowance  for possible  loan losses and the  carrying  value of its
other non-performing assets based on their judgments about information available
to them at the time of their examination. The Bank was most recently examined by
the  FDIC in March  of  1996.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

RESTRICTIONS ON ABILITY TO PAY DIVIDENDS

    The  Company's  ability to pay  dividends to the holders of the Common Stock
depends upon the receipt of dividends from the Bank. The payment of dividends by
the Bank is  influenced  by  applicable  federal and state  regulation,  capital
requirements,  results of operations and financial condition, tax considerations
and general economic conditions. See "Dividend Policy."

    The Bank Board is generally empowered to pay dividends to the Company out of
the Bank's net profits, to the extent that the Bank Board considers such payment
advisable, and the Bank remains adequately capitalized.  The Bank is not subject
to any regulatory agreement,  order or directive that would restrict its ability
to pay dividends to the fullest extent otherwise permitted by applicable law and
regulation. See "Regulation and Supervision."

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

    The Company and the Bank are dependent on certain key  personnel  including,
Patrick J. Shanahan,  Jr.,  President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company
and the Bank.  The Company has entered into an amended and  restated  employment
agreement  with Mr.  Shanahan,  which became  effective on February 6, 1996. See
"Management  -- Employment  Agreements."  The Bank has obtained a "key-man" term
life  insurance  policy  for Mr.  Shanahan.  The loss of Mr.  Shanahan  or other
members of senior management would have an adverse effect on the Company and the
Bank. See "Management."

MANAGEMENT'S OWNERSHIP INTEREST AND POSSIBLE EFFECT

   
    After  consummation  of the Public  Offering,  the  executive  officers  and
directors  of the  Company  (the  "Management  Owners")  will  beneficially  own
approximately  19.46%  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  the  Common  Stock  (or
approximately  18.26% of such  shares of the Common  Stock if the  Underwriter's
over-allotment  option is fully exercised).  Accordingly,  the Management Owners
will be able to exert  significant  influence  over the  outcome of all  matters
required to be  submitted  to the  shareholders  of the  Company  for  approval,
including  decisions  relating to the election of the Company  Board and certain


                                       10


fundamental corporate  transactions.  The Management Owners will also be able to
continue  to  exercise  a  significant  influence  over any  proposed  merger or
consolidation  of the Company  under  applicable  Rhode Island law and under the
applicable  provisions of the Company's Articles of Incorporation  which require
the affirmative  vote of seventy (70%) percent of the outstanding  shares of the
Common Stock for approval of certain transactions.  In addition,  the Management
Owners'  significant  ownership  interest in the Company  may  discourage  third
parties  from  seeking to acquire  control of the  Company  which may  adversely
affect  the market  price of the  Common  Stock.  See  "Management,"  "Principal
Stockholders"  and  "Description  of  Capital  Stock --  Possible  Anti-Takeover
Effects of the Company's Articles and Bylaws."
    

IMMEDIATE DILUTION OF COMMON STOCK

   
    Investors  purchasing shares of the Common Stock in the Public Offering will
incur immediate dilution of approximately $.51 of their investment,  in that the
net  tangible  book  value of the  Company  after the  Public  Offering  will be
approximately  $9.24 per share as  compared  with the Public  Offering  Price of
$9.75 per share.  The Company's pro forma earnings per share for the fiscal year
ended  December 31,  1995,  assuming a certain  return on net proceeds  from the
Public  Offering,  would have been $.55 per share, a decrease of $.16 per share,
or 23%,  from the  Company's  actual  earnings  per  share  for such  year.  See
"Dilution."
    

NO PRIOR TRADING MARKET

    The  Public  Offering  Price of the  shares  of the  Common  Stock  has been
determined  by  negotiations  between  the  Company  and  the  Underwriter.  See
"Underwriting" for information relating to the factors considered in determining
the  Public  Offering  Price.  Prior to the Public  Offering,  there has been no
public  market for the shares of the Common  Stock and there can be no assurance
that an active  public  market  will  develop or be  sustained  after the Public
Offering,  or that if such a market  develops,  the  market  price will equal or
exceed the Public Offering Price.  The market price of the Common Stock could be
subject to  significant  fluctuations  in response to  variations  in  quarterly
operating results and other factors. In addition,  general market price declines
or market  volatility  in the future could affect the market price of the Common
Stock.

SHARES AVAILABLE FOR RESALE

   
    Following completion of the Public Offering, the Company will have 1,261,241
shares of the Common  Stock  issued  and  outstanding  (1,343,741  shares if the
Underwriter's  over-allotment option is exercised in full). Substantially all of
these shares that are held by persons  other than  "affiliates"  of the Company,
including the 550,000 shares offered hereby (632,500 shares if the Underwriter's
over- allotment option is exercised in full),  will be freely tradeable  without
restriction under the Securities Act.

    The Company,  as well as the directors and executive officers of the Company
who upon  completion of the Public Offering will hold 245,391 of the outstanding
shares of the Common Stock, in the aggregate, have agreed not to offer, sell, or
contract  to sell any shares of the Common  Stock for a period of 180 days after
the  date  of  this  Prospectus   without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the
Underwriter.  See  "Underwriting."  Upon  expiration  of  this  180-day  period,
however,  all 245,391 shares  (representing 19.46% of the total number of shares
that will be outstanding  following completion of the Public Offering, or 18.26%
if the Underwriter's  over-allotment  is exercised in full),  subject to certain
limitations  (including limitations under Rule 144 of the Securities Act), could
be resold by these and other  persons who are deemed  affiliates  of the Company
under  the  Securities   Act.  If  persons  holding  shares  eligible  for  sale
immediately  after the Public Offering  should sell a substantial  amount of the
Common Stock in the public  market,  the  prevailing  market price of the Common
Stock could be adversely  affected.  See  "PRincipal  Stockholders"  and "SHares
Eligible For Future Sale."
    
                                       11


ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF RHODE ISLAND LAW AND CERTAIN CHARTER AND BY-LAW
PROVISIONS

    Certain  provisions  of  Rhode  Island  law and the  Company's  Articles  of
Incorporation  and By-Laws may be deemed to have an antitakeover  effect and may
discourage  takeover  attempts for the Company not first approved by the Company
Board (including takeover attempts which certain stockholders may believe are in
their best interests).  These provisions could delay or frustrate the removal of
incumbent directors of the Company or the assumption of control by stockholders,
even  if  such  removal  or   assumption  of  control  would  be  beneficial  to
stockholders.  These  provisions also could  discourage or make more difficult a
merger,  tender offer or proxy contest, even if such events would be beneficial,
in the short term, to the interests of  stockholders.  Such provisions  include,
among other things,  a classified  Company Board  serving  staggered  three-year
terms, a requirement that certain business  combinations require the approval of
70% of the outstanding  shares of the Common Stock,  vesting of authority in the
Chairman of the Company Board, President of the Company, and holders of at least
40% of the  outstanding  Common Stock  (except as otherwise  required by law) to
call special meetings of stockholders,  and certain advance notice  requirements
for nominations for election to the Company Board.  See  "Description of Capital
Stock --  Possible  Anti-Takeover  Effects  of the  Company's  Articles  and the
By-Laws" and " -- Rhode Island Anti-Takeover Laws."


                                       12


                            RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

    The following table presents unaudited consolidated financial data as of and
for the three  months  ended  March 31,  1996 and 1995.  The data  presented  is
derived from the unaudited  consolidated financial statements of the Company and
includes,  in the opinion of management,  all adjustments  (consisting of normal
recurring  adjustments)  necessary  to present  fairly the data for the  periods
presented.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                                                                                       ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                                       ---------------
                                                                                 1996                    1995
                                                                                 ----                    ----
                                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                            <C>                    <C>
FINANCIAL CONDITION DATA:
Total assets .................................................................. $ 99,760              $ 94,108
Investment, securities purchased under agreement to resell,
federal funds sold and interest bearing deposits ..............................   28,091                30,851
Total loans ...................................................................   67,010                59,148
Allowance for possible loan losses ............................................    1,758                 2,114
Total deposits ................................................................   88,841                83,923
Senior debenture ..............................................................    2,907                 2,782
Total stockholders' equity ....................................................    7,341                 6,838

STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Interest income ...............................................................    2,023                 1,860
Interest expense ..............................................................      970                   813
                                                                                     ---                   ---
Net interest income ...........................................................    1,053                 1,047
Provision for possible loan losses ............................................       70                   105
                                                                                      --                   ---
Net interest income after provision for possible loan losses ..................      983                   942
Non-interest income ...........................................................      112                   110
Non-interest expense ..........................................................      808                   763
Income taxes ..................................................................       87                   100
                                                                                      --                   ---
Net income .................................................................... $    200              $    189
                                                                                ========              ========

PER SHARE DATA:
Net income .................................................................... $   0.28              $   0.26
Book value ....................................................................    10.57                 10.01
Cash dividends declared .......................................................     0.03                    --
Dividend payout ratio .........................................................    10.24%                   --
Weighted average common and common stock equivalent shares
outstanding ...................................................................  711,483               728,215

OPERATING RATIO DATA:
Return on average total assets ................................................     0.81%                 0.81%
Return on average stockholders' equity ........................................    11.01                 11.27
Net interest margin[f1] .......................................................     4.47                  4.70
Loans to deposits ratio .......................................................    75.43                 70.48

ASSET QUALITY DATA:
Nonperforming loans ........................................................... $    515              $    787
Other real estate owned .......................................................    1,265                 1,066
Total nonperforming assets ....................................................    1,780                 1,853
Loans 30-89 days delinquent ...................................................      250                 1,050
</TABLE>


                                       13

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                                                                                       ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                                       ---------------
                                                                                 1996                    1995
                                                                                 ----                    ----
                                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                            <C>                    <C>
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS:
Nonperforming assets to total assets ..........................................     1.78%                 1.97%
Nonperforming loans to total loans ............................................     0.77                  1.33
Net loan charge-offs to average loans[f2] .....................................     0.08                  0.32
Allowance for possible loan losses to total loans[f2] .........................     1.45                  1.35
Allowance for possible loan losses to nonperforming loans[f2] .................   172.06                 89.15

CAPITAL RATIOS[F3]:
Tier 1 risk-based capital .....................................................    10.25%                10.96%
Total risk-based capital ......................................................    11.50                 12.09
Leverage ......................................................................     7.08                  7.13

</TABLE>

__________
(1)  The  net  interest  margin  is  net  interest  income  divided  by  average
     interest-earning assets.

(2)  Asset  quality data and ratios are  exclusive of acquired  loans,  acquired
     reserve for loan  losses,  and  activity in the  acquired  reserve for loan
     losses  associated  with the 1992  acquisition  of  certain  assets and the
     assumption  of  certain  liabilities  of the former  Chariho-Exeter  Credit
     Union. See "Business -- Acquisition"  and "Notes to Consolidated  Financial
     Statements" for further information.

(3)  Capital  ratios are computed in accordance  with  guidelines of the Federal
     Reserve  Board.  The  leverage  ratio  is  defined  as the  ratio of Tier 1
     risk-based   capital  to  adjusted  total  assets.   See   "Regulation  and
     Supervision  -- Capital  Requirements"  and  "Management's  Discussion  and
     Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and
     Capital Resources."

    Total assets  decreased  $500,000,  or 0.5%, from $100.3 million at December
31, 1995 to $99.8  million at March 31, 1996,  and increased  $5.7  million,  or
6.1%,  from $94.1  million at March 31, 1995 to $99.8 million at March 31, 1996.
The loan  portfolio  increased  $2.3  million,  or 3.6%,  from $64.7  million at
December  31,  1995 to $67.0  million  at March 31,  1996,  and  increased  $7.9
million,  or 13.4%,  from $59.1  million at March 31,  1995 to $67.0  million at
March 31, 1996. Total deposits decreased $800,000, or .9%, from $89.6 million at
December  31,  1995 to $88.8  million  at March 31,  1996,  and  increased  $4.9
million, or 5.8%, from $83.9 million at March 31, 1995 to $88.8 million at March
31, 1996.

    For the three months ended March 31, 1996,  the Company  reported net income
of $200,000, compared to net income of $189,000 for the three months ended March
31,  1995,  or an increase of 6.1%.  Fully  diluted net income per share for the
quarter  ended March 31, 1996 was $.28,  an increase of 7.7% from $.26 per share
in the first quarter of 1995.

    The Company's improved earnings performance resulted from (i) increased loan
originations and a consequent  increase in the Company's loans to deposits ratio
to 75.43% at March  31,  1996  compared  to 70.48% at March 31,  1995;  and (ii)
improvement  in asset  quality  reflected by decreases in  nonperforming  loans,
nonperforming assets,  delinquent loans, net loan charge-offs,  and increases in
the  percentage  of the allowance for possible loan losses to total loans and to
nonperforming loans.

    Net interest  income (the  difference  between  interest earned on loans and
investments  and interest  paid on deposits and other  borrowings)  increased to
$1,053,000 at March 31, 1996,  compared to  $1,047,000  for the first quarter of
1995.  This  increase was the result of an increase in interest  earning  assets
which was partially offset by a decrease in net interest  margin.  The provision
for loan losses  decreased to $70,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1996,
compared to $105,000 for the corresponding 1995 period.


                                       14


                                   THE COMPANY

    The Company is a bank holding  company that was organized under Rhode Island
law in 1980 for the purposes of owning all the outstanding  capital stock of the
Bank and providing greater  flexibility in helping the Bank achieve its business
objectives.  The primary assets of the Company are the capital stock of the Bank
and, upon completion of the Public  Offering,  the net proceeds  therefrom.  See
"Use of  Proceeds."  The  business  of the Company is  currently  limited to the
business of the Bank, which is the Company's sole subsidiary.

    The Bank is a Rhode  Island  chartered  commercial  bank  that was  formally
organized  in 1971 and opened for  business  on  February  14,  1972 at its main
office in downtown  Providence,  Rhode Island.  Since its inception,  the Bank's
strategic  mission  has been to  manage  the  growth  of its  investors'  equity
interest  by  providing  loan  and  deposit  products  to  small  and  mid-sized
businesses in Rhode Island and nearby  Southeastern  Massachusetts.  After three
non-profitable  years, the Bank retained Mr. Shanahan as chief executive officer
at year-end 1975. At that time, the Bank had equity of  approximately $1 million
and assets of approximately $14 million.

    The Bank has continued to expand its products and services, and today offers
a broad range of lending and deposit products primarily to individuals and small
businesses ($10 million or less in revenue).  Deposit services include checking,
savings accounts,  certificates of deposit,  individual  retirement accounts and
safe deposit box rentals. Loan products include commercial, commercial mortgage,
residential mortgage, construction, home equity and a variety of consumer loans.
Historically,  the Bank has placed an emphasis on commercial real estate lending
which the Bank has found attractive for several reasons.  Generally, the pricing
structure for this type of lending is consistent with the Bank's asset/liability
management objectives. In addition, such loans allow the Bank the opportunity to
enhance its earnings  through the  imposition of a variety of fees not customary
to other types of lending.  Also,  many of the  commercial  real estate loans to
local  businesses  have the same business  purpose and use of proceeds  commonly
found in larger  typical  commercial  and industrial  asset-based  loans.  As of
December 31,  1995,  shareholders'  equity of the Company had  increased to $7.2
million,  deposits of the Bank had increased to $89.6  million and  consolidated
assets  of the  Company  had  increased  to  $100.3  million.  The Bank has been
profitable in every year since 1976.

    The Bank's  strategy of managed growth through varied and often  challenging
economic  cycles  has been  strategically  supplemented  by both de novo  branch
expansion and  acquisition.  The Bank's first  expansion  beyond its main office
occurred in 1981 with the opening of its  Cranston,  Rhode Island  branch.  This
branch is located on the corner of Park and Reservoir Avenue, which is generally
considered one of the busiest  intersections in Rhode Island. As of December 31,
1995, deposits at this branch had increased to $44.2 million.

    The Bank was presented with a further growth opportunity in 1991 as a result
of the Rhode Island "credit union crisis," when 45  privately-insured  banks and
credit  unions were closed by the Governor of Rhode  Island.  In 1992,  the Bank
acquired certain assets and assumed certain  liabilities (the  "Acquisition") of
the  Chariho-Exeter  Credit  Union  ("Chariho-Exeter")  located  in the  Wyoming
section of Richmond, Rhode Island, a market the Bank believed and still believes
provides business- growth opportunities. The Company believed the acquisition of
Chariho-Exeter   would  allow  the  Bank  to  increase   its  total  assets  and
profitability.  This growth  would  allow the Bank to expand  both its  services
within the  communities  it was then serving and to penetrate  new market areas.
The Bank  viewed  the South  County  area of Rhode  Island,  formerly  served by
Chariho-Exeter,  as an opportune  market in which to seek to expand its products
and services. In addition, as a community-oriented  financial  institution,  the
Bank was attracted to a transaction  that would assist other Rhode  Islanders in
gaining access to their frozen deposits.
See "Business -- Acquisition."

    At the core of the Bank's  business  remains its ability to meet the lending
and deposit  needs of  customers in its market  area.  By directing  its efforts
toward small and small to  mid-sized  business  and  consumers,  the Bank's loan
portfolio  has grown to $64.7 million at December 31, 1995 and is comprised of a
broad mix of commercial real estate,  residential  and consumer loans.  With the
economic challenges faced in the Rhode Island  marketplace,  certain portions of
these  portfolios  have  experienced  difficulties.


                                       15


See "Business -- Lending Activities -- Loan Portfolio Composition and Maturity."
Nonetheless,  the Bank has  remained  profitable  on an annual basis since 1976.
Most recently,  the Bank has  experienced  growth in business loans to borrowers
with favorable cash flow attributes seeking working capital financing secured by
real  estate.  This  growth has been  driven,  in part,  by the  addition of two
lending  officers who  concentrate  on customers  that fall into this  category.
Evidencing the Bank's success in catering to this business market,  the Bank was
listed in  Entrepreneur  Magazine  as one of the 294 banks in the  country  most
likely to grant a small  business  loan, and as the 9th largest dollar lender of
Small Business  Administration  ("SBA") funds in the  Providence  region for the
1995 fiscal  year.  Total SBA funds loaned by the Bank were  approximately  $2.5
million and represented a substantial increase over the same period for the 1994
fiscal  year.  For a more  detailed  description  of the Bank's  loan growth and
lending staff additions,  see "BUSINESS -- Lending  Activities -- Loan Portfolio
Composition and Maturity."

    The Bank's  ability  to  attract  these new  lending  relationships  and the
related  deposits is  dependent  on its  willingness  and ability to service the
needs of its  customers.  The  Company  believes  that the Bank is  particularly
well-situated  to serve the banking needs of the  metropolitan  Providence area.
The  Company  believes  that the local  character  of the  business  environment
coupled with the Company's knowledge of its customers and their needs,  together
with  its   comprehensive   retail  and  small   business   products  and  rapid
decision-making at the branch level,  create  opportunities that will enable the
Bank  to  compete   effectively.   Further,   the  Company   believes  that  the
accessibility  and  responsiveness  of the  Bank's  personnel  allow the Bank to
compete  effectively for certain segments within its market, in particular local
professionals and businesses who demand and receive  customized and personalized
banking products and services.

    The Company believes that its personalized,  community-oriented  approach to
delivering  services  makes the Bank  particularly  well  situated to compete in
light of recent  industry  consolidation  and attrition among its community bank
competitors.  The  proliferation of mergers among New England's  regional banks,
along with the consolidation of smaller  financial  institutions into the branch
networks  of such  regional  banks,  has  resulted  in a  number  of very  large
centralized  banking  organizations.  The Company  believes that this structural
change  tends  to   centralize   decision-making   and  may  disrupt  the  close
relationships  previously  established between the local bank and the businesses
and residents of a community. The Bank believes that many customers of the banks
involved in and affected by business  combinations will reconsider their banking
relationships.  In addition,  these  reorganizations  may cause certain  banking
facilities to become available for  acquisition,  either with or without deposit
relationships.

    In short, the Company  believes its objectives of achieving  returns for its
investors can be accomplished through internal growth,  opportunistic expansion,
and attention to customer  service.  The Bank further  believes that the current
reorganization of the Rhode Island banking market will provide opportunities for
the Bank to attract new lending and depositor  relationships  at an  accelerated
rate.

    The principal  executive  office of the Company is located at 180 Washington
Street, Providence, Rhode Island 02903-3237 and its telephone
number is (401) 421-3600.


                                       16


                                USE OF PROCEEDS

   
    The net  proceeds to the  Company  from the sale of the shares of the Common
Stock offered by the Company hereby,  after deducting the underwriting  discount
and  estimated  offering  expenses of $769,000  payable by the Company,  will be
approximately $4,593,500 ($5,350,025 if the Underwriters'  over-allotment option
is exercised in full).
    

    After the receipt of the net proceeds from the Public Offering,  the Company
currently  intends to retain them at the Company level. The Company  anticipates
that it will use the net  proceeds  for general  corporate  purposes,  including
assessing and exploiting, where appropriate, opportunities to assist the Bank in
the growth of the Bank's  deposits and deposit  relationships,  expansion of the
Bank's  lending  activities,   increased  marketing  activities,   technological
improvements  designed to enhance customer  services and payments of interest on
the Senior  Debenture.  The Company may also apply a portion of the net proceeds
to pay off certain obligations evidenced by the Senior Debenture that was issued
by the Company in connection  with the  Acquisition,  if, in the judgment of the
Company  Board,  to do so would be in the best  interest  of the Company and its
shareholders.  See "Business --  Acquisition."  The Senior  Debenture  currently
bears interest at a variable rate equal to the average  five-year  Treasury rate
plus 1% until  maturity  and  matures on May 31, 1999  (subject to an  extension
period at the option of the Company).  As of December 31, 1995, the  outstanding
indebtedness under the Senior Debenture was $2.85 million, including accrued and
unpaid interest. See "Business -- Indebtedness."

    Although  the  Company  may use a portion of the net  proceeds  to engage in
strategic  acquisitions  if, and when,  opportunities  arise, the Company has no
understanding  or agreements  concerning any  acquisitions  and is not currently
negotiating with respect to any such matter.

    The Company has not yet  allocated  specific  amounts of the net proceeds to
any particular use. Pending such  allocation,  the net proceeds will be invested
in United States government securities or short-term investment securities.

                              DIVIDEND POLICY

    Holders of the Common Stock are entitled to receive  dividends  when, as and
if,  declared  by the  Company  Board out of funds  legally  available  for such
purpose.  The  Company  has  paid  semi-annual  dividends  to  its  stockholders
continuously since 1983. Annualized dividends paid by the Company have increased
from $.06 for the year  ended  December  31,  1991,  to $.11 for the year  ended
December 31, 1995.

    Subject to the discretion of the Company Board as to whether  dividends will
be paid,  and if so, the amount,  timing and  frequency of such  dividends,  the
Company  currently  expects to continue to pay cash  dividends to the holders of
the Common Stock,  provided that the Bank  continues to be able to pay dividends
to the  Company.  The  Company's  ability to pay  dividends  on the Common Stock
depends upon receipt of dividends from the Bank. In determining  whether, and to
what extent, the Bank should pay future dividends to the Company and the Company
should pay future  dividends  to the  holders of the Common  Stock,  the Company
and/or  the Bank  Board  will  consider  the  Company's  consolidated  financial
condition and results of operations,  tax  considerations,  industry  standards,
general  economic  conditions,  regulatory  policies,  capital  requirements and
general business practices.

    The payment of dividends by the Company and the Bank is also
restricted by the requirements of federal and state law. See "Regulation
and Supervision."


                                       17


                                    DILUTION

   
    The net  tangible  book value of the Company as of December  31,  1995,  was
$7,069,882 or $10.35 per share of the Common Stock.  Net tangible book value per
share  is  equal  to  the  Company's   total  tangible  assets  less  its  total
liabilities,  divided by the total number of shares of the Common  Stock.  After
giving  effect to the sale of the 550,000  shares of the Common Stock offered by
the Company hereby (assuming the prior issuance of 28,041 shares to Mr. Shanahan
at an exercise  price per share of $2.50 upon his exercise of options  under the
1986 Stock Option Agreement (as defined in the section  entitled  "MANAGEMENT --
Stock  Options")  and  excluding  shares  that  may  be  sold  pursuant  to  the
Underwriter's  overallotment  option)  and the  receipt  by the  Company  of the
estimated net proceeds therefrom,  after deducting the underwriting discount and
estimated  offering expenses payable by the Company,  the pro forma net tangible
book value of the Company as of December 31, 1995 would have been  approximately
$11,649,679,  or $9.24 per share.  This represents an immediate  dilution in net
tangible book value of $1.11 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate
dilution of $.51 per share to new  investors.  The following  table  illustrates
this per share dilution:
    

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>      <C>
   
Public Offering price per share......................................                 $9.75
  Net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 1995..........        $10.35
  Decrease per share attributable to exercise of options.............        $ (.43)
  Decrease per share attributable to new investors...................        $ (.68)
                                                                             ------ 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 1995..                 $9.24
                                                                                      ------
Dilution per share to new investors..................................                 $ .51
                                                                                      =====
</TABLE>

    Net income of the Company for the year ended December 31, 1995, was $518,000
or $.71 per share of the weighted  average  common and common  stock  equivalent
shares outstanding.  Net income per share is equal to the Company's total income
less total expense and income taxes,  divided by the weighted average common and
common stock equivalent shares  outstanding.  After giving effect to the sale of
the 550,000 shares of the Common Stock offered by the Company  hereby  (assuming
the prior  issuance of 28,041  shares to Mr.  Shanahan at an exercise  price per
share  of $2.50  upon his  exercise  of  options  under  the 1986  Stock  Option
Agreement  and excluding  shares that may be sold pursuant to the  Underwriter's
overallotment  option)  and the  receipt  by the  Company of the  estimated  net
proceeds  therefrom,  after  deducting the  underwriting  discount and estimated
offering  expenses  payable by the Company and adding  interest  income,  net of
taxes,  of $173,803  based on an investment of the net proceeds at 5.75%,  which
represents  an  estimate  of the  average  yield  on  short-term  U.S.  Treasury
securities,  the pro forma  earnings per share of the Company for the year ended
December 31, 1995 would have been  approximately $.55 per share. This represents
an immediate dilution in earnings per share of $.16 per share for the year ended
December 31, 1995. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
    

<TABLE>
  <S>                                                                     <C>
  Earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 1995 .............    $   .71

  Decrease per share attributable to new investors ....................    $  (.16)
  Pro forma earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 1995 ...    $   .55
</TABLE>

    The foregoing  tables  exclude 66,800 shares of the Common Stock held by the
Company as treasury stock.

    No shares of the Common  Stock have been  purchased  from the Company in the
last five (5) years  other  than  those  which  will have been  acquired  by Mr.
Shanahan  prior to the Public  Offering  upon his exercise of options  under the
1986 Stock Option Agreement.


                                       18


                                 CAPITALIZATION

   
    The  following  table sets  forth the  capitalization  of the  Company as of
December 31, 1995, and as adjusted to reflect the sale by the Company of 550,000
shares of the Common  Stock  pursuant to the Public  Offering and the receipt by
the  Company of the  estimated  net  proceeds  therefrom,  after  deducting  the
underwriting  discount and estimated  offering  expenses payable by the Company.
The capitalization  information set forth in the table below is qualified by the
more  detailed  Consolidated  Financial  Statements of the Company and the Notes
thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus, and should be read in conjunction
with such Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes.
    

 <TABLE>
 <CAPTION>
   
                                                                                           DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                                                           -----------------
                                                                                                            PRO FORMA
                                                                                    ACTUAL    ADJUSTMENTS   AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                    ------    -----------   -----------
                                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                <C>         <C>           <C>
SENIOR DEBENTURE(1)(2) ..........................................................   $ 2,845      $  --        $ 2,845
                                                                                    -------      -----        -------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY(3)(4):                                                                                 
   Common Stock, $1.00 Par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized and 750,000 shares                            
     issued, actual; and 5,000,000 shares authorized and 1,328,041 shares issued,                           
     as adjusted ................................................................       750          578        1,328
   Surplus(5) ...................................................................       500        4,002        4,502
   Retained earnings ............................................................     6,014         --          6,014
   Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale, net of related income                                  
     taxes ......................................................................        75         --             75
   Less: Treasury stock, at cost ................................................       147         --            147
                                                                                        ---        -----          ---
       Total stockholders' equity ...............................................     7,192        4,580       11,772
                                                                                      -----        -----       ------
TOTAL CAPITALIZATION ............................................................   $10,037      $ 4,580      $14,617
                                                                                    =======      =======      =======
</TABLE>
    

__________
(1)  For a discussion of the Senior Debenture, see "Business -- Indebtedness."

(2)  Assumes no  prepayment  of the Senior  Debenture  out of proceeds  from the
     Public Offering.

   
(3)  Assumes  the prior  issuance  of 28,041  shares of the Common  Stock to Mr.
     Shanahan  upon his  exercise of certain  stock  options  outstanding  as of
     December 31, 1995 at an exercise price per share of $2.50.
    

(4)  Assumes no exercise of the Underwriter's  over-allotment option to purchase
     82,500 shares of the Common Stock.

   
(5)  Assumes offering expenses of $769,000  including  underwriting  discount of
     $319,000.
    

    Set forth  below is a summary  of FDIC and  Federal  Reserve  Board  capital
requirements, the Company's and the Bank's capital ratios, and the Company's and
the Bank's  capital  ratios  adjusted to reflect the sale of the Common Stock in
the  Public  Offering  and the  receipt  of the net  proceeds  therefrom,  as of
December 31, 1995.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>
   
                                                              REGULATORY                       PRO FORMA
                                                              MINIMUM(2)        ACTUAL       AS ADJUSTED
                                                              ----------        ------       -----------
<S>                                                            <C>              <C>              <C>     
REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS:
The Company(1)
   Risk-based:
       Tier 1 ............................................      4.00%            10.20%           16.87%
       Totals ............................................      8.00             11.46            18.12
   Leverage ..............................................      3.00              6.87            10.87
The Bank
   Risk-based:
       Tier 1 ............................................      4.00%            15.02%           15.02%
       Totals ............................................      8.00             16.26            16.26
   Leverage ..............................................      3.00             10.17            10.17
    

</TABLE>

__________
(1)  The regulatory  capital  guidelines with respect to bank holding  companies
     are not applicable unless the bank holding company has either  consolidated
     assets  in  excess of $150  million  or  either:  (i)  engages  in any bank
     activity involving  significant  leverage; or (ii) has a significant amount
     of  outstanding  debt that is held by the general  public.  Otherwise,  the
     Federal Reserve Board applies its capital adequacy  requirements on a "bank
     only" basis. See "Regulation and Supervision -- Capital Requirements."

(2)  The  3%  regulatory   minimum   leverage  ratio  applies  only  to  certain
     highly-rated banks. Other institutions are subject to higher requirements.


                                       19

                    
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME DATA

    The consolidated  statements of income data for the years ended December 31,
1995, 1994 and 1993 have been derived from the Company's  Consolidated Financial
Statements,  including  the Notes  thereto,  which  have been  audited by Arthur
Andersen,  and  are  included  elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus.   The  following
consolidated  statements  of  income  data are  qualified  by the more  detailed
Consolidated  Financial Statements of the Company and the Notes thereto included
elsewhere in this  Prospectus,  and should be read in conjunction  therewith and
with the  discussion  under  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this Prospectus.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                ------------------------
                                                                                        1995              1994             1993
                                                                                        ----              ----             ----
<S>                                                                               <C>                <C>              <C>
INTEREST INCOME:
   Interest and fees on loans ...............................................       $ 5,994,034       $ 5,513,587       $ 5,298,681
   Interest on investment securities --
       U.S. Government and agency obligations ...............................         1,432,729         1,010,386           983,074
       Collateralized mortgage obligations ..................................           154,783            96,948            13,259
       Marketable equity securities .........................................             1,320             1,020               860
   Interest on cash equivalents .............................................           149,153           171,650           328,303
                                                                                      ---------         ---------         ---------
       Total interest income ................................................         7,732,019         6,793,591         6,624,177
                                                                                      ---------         ---------         ---------
INTEREST EXPENSE:
   Interest on deposits .....................................................         3,429,019         2,449,860         2,621,004
   Interest on debenture ....................................................           239,653           178,976           167,268
   Interest on reverse repurchase agreements ................................              --                --              14,437
                                                                                      ---------         ---------         ---------
       Total interest expense ...............................................         3,668,672         2,628,836         2,802,709
                                                                                      ---------         ---------         ---------
       Net interest income ..................................................         4,063,347         4,164,755         3,821,468
PROVISION FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES ..........................................           675,000           555,000           545,000
                                                                                      ---------         ---------         ---------
   Net interest income after provision for possible loan losses .............         3,388,347         3,609,755         3,276,468
                                                                                      ---------         ---------         ---------
NONINTEREST INCOME:
   Service charges on deposits ..............................................           285,413           256,102           256,115
   Gain on loan sales .......................................................            94,467            29,133              --
   Other ....................................................................            93,978           104,406           152,455
                                                                                      ---------         ---------         ---------
       Total noninterest income .............................................           473,858           389,641           408,570
                                                                                      ---------         ---------         ---------
NONINTEREST EXPENSE:
   Salaries and employee benefits ...........................................         1,566,105         1,554,326         1,385,515
   Occupancy expense ........................................................           337,032           342,179           364,251
   Equipment expense ........................................................           196,172           175,420           227,289
   Other real estate owned (gains) losses, and expenses .....................           187,776            44,033           (25,575)
   Computer services ........................................................           150,603           130,042           123,395
   Deposit insurance assessments ............................................            95,483           176,972           179,739
   Other operating expenses .................................................           559,740           565,375           549,940
                                                                                      ---------         ---------         ---------
   Total noninterest expense ................................................         3,092,911         2,988,347         2,804,554
                                                                                      ---------         ---------         ---------
   Income before provision for income taxes .................................           769,294         1,011,049           880,484
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES ..................................................           251,517           399,148           330,129
                                                                                      ---------         ---------         ---------
       Net income ...........................................................       $   517,777       $   611,901       $   550,355
                                                                                    ===========       ===========       ===========
   Earnings per share .......................................................       $      0.71       $      0.84       $      0.76
                                                                                    ===========       ===========       ===========
   Weighted average common and common stock equivalent shares
     outstanding ............................................................           728,708           727,573           726,459
                                                                                    ===========       ===========       ===========
</TABLE>


                                       20


                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

    The Company,  a bank holding  company,  conducts all of its business through
its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank, which opened for business on February 14,
1972.  The Bank offers a variety of personal  financial  products  and  services
designed to satisfy the  deposit  and loan needs of its retail,  commercial  and
consumer  customers.  The Bank  provides  these  services  through three banking
branches,  one  located in each of  Providence,  Cranston  and  Richmond,  Rhode
Island.  These  branches  provide a broad  range of  services  throughout  Rhode
Island,  including  the  greater  Providence  area,  as well as in  Southeastern
Massachusetts. See "Business."

    In 1992, the Bank acquired  certain assets and assumed  certain  liabilities
from the receiver of Chariho-Exeter (the  "Acquisition"),  a failed credit union
located in the  Wyoming  section  of  Richmond,  Rhode  Island,  pursuant  to an
acquisition  agreement  (the  "Acquisition  Agreement")  among the Company,  the
receiver for Chariho-Exeter and the Rhode Island Depositors  Economic Protection
Corporation ("DEPCO").  See "Business -- The Acquisition." The Bank reopened the
Chariho-Exeter  facility as the third branch of the Bank  providing to the local
community  formerly served by Chariho-Exeter the same services as those provided
at the Bank's other two  branches.  Through the  Acquisition,  the Bank acquired
$33.4 million in assets,  which  included $19.5 million in loans and an acquired
allowance for possible loan losses of nearly $3.9  million.  In connection  with
the Acquisition, the Company issued a $3 million debenture to DEPCO (the "Senior
Debenture")  to  assist in  financing  the  Acquisition.  Because  the  acquired
allowance for possible loan losses is temporary,  separate disclosures have been
made to segregate the acquired  allowance and the Bank's  allowance for possible
loan losses. As of December 31, 1995, the carrying value of the Senior Debenture
was $2.85  million.  As of  December  31,  1995,  the  remaining  balance of the
acquired  allowance for possible  loan losses was  $966,000,  and the balance of
acquired  loans  was $6.2  million.  See  "Business  --  Indebtedness  -- Senior
Debenture" and " -- Lending Activities."

    The following  discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of
operations  should  be read  in  conjunction  with  the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements and related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

    General.  As the holding  company for the Bank,  the sole  subsidiary of the
Company, the activities of the Company consist primarily of those of the Bank.

    Total Assets.  The Company's total assets  increased $7.5 million,  or 8.1%,
from $92.8 million at December 31, 1994 to $100.3  million at December 31, 1995.
This  increase  was  primarily  the result of an increase in the Bank's  deposit
base, internal growth through earnings, and an increase in the carrying value of
investment  securities  available  for sale.  Deposit  growth was directed to an
increase in the loan portfolio  through loan  originations.  The Company's total
assets increased $5.2 million,  or 5.9%, from $87.6 million at December 31, 1993
to $92.8 million at December 31, 1994. This increase was primarily the result of
an increase in deposits and, to a lesser extent, growth in earnings.

    Investment  Securities.  The Company's total investment securities increased
by $1.7 million, or 6%, from $28.1 million at December 31, 1994 to $29.8 million
at December 31, 1995. At December 31, 1995, U.S. Treasury securities, government
agency discount notes and an equity security,  with a combined  aggregate market
value of $15.1 million  (amortized  cost:  $15.0  million),  were  classified as
available-for-sale  in  accordance  with SFAS No. 115,  "Accounting  for Certain
Investments  in Debt and Equity  Securities."  At December 31, 1995,  government
agency debt securities and  collateralized  mortgage  obligations  with a market
value of $14.6  million  (amortized  cost:  $14.6  million)  were  classified as
held-to-maturity  which is  consistent  with the Bank's  intent and ability.  At
December 31, 1994, U.S.  Treasury  securities,  government agency discount notes
and an equity security,  with a combined aggregate market value of $14.9 million
(amortized  cost:  $15.1 million),  were classified as  available-for-sale.   At
December 31, 1994, government agency debt securities and collateralized mortgage
obligations, 


                                       21


with a combined  aggregate market value of $12.7 million  (amortized cost: $13.2
million),  were classified as held-to-maturity.  For the year ended December 31,
1995, the net unrealized  gain on investment  securities was $47,000 as compared
to  net  unrealized  loss  of  $652,000  at  December  31,  1994.   Despite  the
segmentation of its investment  securities,  the Bank  anticipates  that it will
hold all  securities  to maturity  and not  recognize  any gross gain or loss on
disposition.  The net appreciation of total  investment  securities for the year
ended December 31, 1995, is attributable to a general decline in interest rates.

    Total investment  securities increased $600,000, or 2.2%, from $27.5 million
at December 31, 1993 to $28.1  million at December 31, 1994.  This  increase was
primarily  attributable  to an  increase  in  deposits,  offset  somewhat by the
January 1, 1994 adoption of SFAS No. 115.  Through the adoption of SFAS No. 115,
the Bank  segmented  its  investment  portfolio  and  accounted for that portion
identified as  available-for-sale  at estimated  market  value.  At December 31,
1994, the Bank had a net unrealized loss on investment  securities available for
sale of $191,000.  Prior to January 1, 1994,  investment  securities,  which the
Bank intended to and had the capability of holding on a long-term basis or until
maturity, were classified as held-to-maturity and carried at amortized cost.

    Loans. The Bank's total loan portfolio increased $6.2 million, or 10.6% from
$58.6  million at December  31,  1994 to $64.8  million at  December  31,  1995.
Commercial  real  estate  loans  (defined  as  loans  made for the  purchase  of
investment  property,  loans made for real estate  development and loans made to
finance  certain  corporate  activities  secured by real estate)  accounted  for
substantially all of this growth with an increase of $7.3 million, or 29.1% from
$25.1 million to $32.4 million. See "Business -- Lending Activities."

    Total loans increased $4.1 million,  or 7.5%, from $54.5 million at December
31, 1993 to $58.6  million at December 31,  1994.  This  increase was  primarily
attributable  to an increase in commercial  real estate  loans.  The addition of
another  experienced  commercial loan officer at the end of 1993 was the primary
reason for the increase of commercial  real estate lending in 1994. The funds to
meet this  growth in total loans came from a  comparable  increase in the Bank's
deposit base.

    Non-Performing  Assets:   Current.  At  December  31,  1995,  the  Bank  had
non-performing  assets of $2.0  million,  an increase  from December 31, 1994 of
$540,000,  or 37%, which  represented  2.11% of total assets.  This increase was
primarily due to the increase in other real estate owned ("OREO") properties. As
of December  31, 1995,  the Bank's  non-performing  assets  consisted of 19 OREO
properties  aggregating  $1,470,000 (at carrying  values ranging from $10,000 to
$216,000) and 4 non-performing loans aggregating $536,000. Of the non-performing
loans,  one loan,  in the amount of  $416,000,  was secured by  commercial  real
estate and has been non-accruing  since 1993. In recent  bankruptcy  proceedings
involving  the  debtor,  the court  released  the  property  for sale.  The Bank
anticipates full recovery of this loan.

    OREO is comprised mainly of commercial  properties and land. Commercial real
estate  included in OREO amounted to  $1,199,000 at December 31, 1995.  Although
the  Bank  believes  the  Rhode  Island  economy  is  in  a  current  period  of
stabilization  and although it has engaged in aggressive  collection and workout
efforts,  the  Bank  has  experienced  difficulty  in  satisfactorily  resolving
problems  with the  commercial  real estate  segment of its loan  portfolio as a
result of continued weakness in the local economy,  especially in the local real
estate  markets.  In  particular,  commercial  real  estate  lending  to finance
multi-family  properties and mixed use commercial  properties  several years ago
has led to the increase in OREO properties.  Although the Bank received payments
from time to time, the Bank determined that  foreclosure and disposition of OREO
properties  was  appropriate  to reduce the Bank's  exposure  to loss.  The Bank
believes that the portfolio of non-performing assets has stabilized, due in part
to a reduction in the level of  delinquencies  with respect to loans  originated
after  1993 and in part to  aggressive  marketing  efforts  to  dispose of OREO.
However,  there can be no assurance that non-performing assets will not increase
in the future.

    Delinquencies.  At December  31,  1995,  11 loans  totalling  $266,000  were
between 30 and 89 days past due, a decrease  from loans  totalling  $1.3 million
that were 30 to 89 days past due at December 31, 1994.  The largest loan in this
category  equalled  $81,000.  The Company believes that this improvement was the
direct result of the  aggressive  foreclosure  and collection  efforts  directed
toward borrowers late with payments,  as well as enforcement of stringent credit
review and documentation standards beginning in late 1993.


                                       22


    Loan Impairment.  The Bank, in its judgment,  adversely  classifies  certain
loans  using an  internal  loan rating  system  based on  criteria  used by bank
regulatory  authorities.  Generally,  loans are  adversely  classified  based on
payment history,  the borrower's  financial condition and certain other factors.
Delinquent  loans  may  or  may  not  be  adversely  classified  depending  upon
management's  judgment with respect to each  individual  loan.  Certain of these
loans may become  non-performing  in future  periods.  At December 31, 1995, the
Bank classified $1.2 million of loans as substandard  based on the rating system
adopted by the Bank. This amount includes the $416,000  non-accruing  commercial
real estate loan  discussed  above in the section  entitled " --  Non-Performing
Assets:  Current." Of the remaining $800,000 of loans classified as substandard,
a majority of which are included in the commercial  real estate loan  portfolio,
the Bank  estimates  a  potential  loss  exposure of  $273,000.  This  potential
exposure has been fully  reserved in the  allowance  for possible loan losses at
December 31, 1995.

    Non-Performing  Assets: Prior Period Comparisons.  At December 31, 1994, the
Bank had non-performing  assets totalling $1.5 million,  which represented 1.69%
of total assets.  This compares to $2.1  million,  or 2.55%,  of total assets at
December  31,  1993.  Of the total  non-performing  assets at December 31, 1994,
$945,000 were in the Bank's OREO  portfolio,  while $521,000  consisted of three
loans which were on  non-accrual  status,  the largest of which was the $416,000
commercial  real estate loan referred to above.  This  particular  loan was also
non-accruing  at December  31, 1993 and  comprised  the majority of the $532,000
non-performing  loans as of that date.  The OREO  portfolio  of $1.5  million at
December 31, 1993 was reduced during 1994 through the sale of slightly more than
$1.0 million in OREO properties.

    Deposits and Borrowings. The Bank devotes considerable time and resources to
gathering deposits through its retail branch network system. The Bank has relied
on its  deposit  gathering  efforts,  rather  than FHLB  advances,  to  leverage
capital.  Total  deposits  increased $6.4 million from $83.2 million at December
31, 1994 to $89.6 million at December 31, 1995. During 1994,  deposits increased
$4.7 million,  or 6.0%, from $78.5 million at December 31, 1993 to $83.2 million
at December 31, 1994. The  preponderance  of growth of deposits has consisted of
time deposits and, in particular, within the Bank's variable rate certificate of
deposit  product.  At the Company level,  the Senior  Debenture has increased by
means of accretion of the original discount. See "Business -- Sources of Funds."

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    General.  The Company's  results of operations  depend  primarily on its net
interest income, which is the difference between interest and dividend income on
interest-earning   assets  and   interest   expense   on  its   interest-bearing
liabilities.   Its  interest-earning  assets  consist  primarily  of  loans  and
investment securities,  while its interest-bearing liabilities consist primarily
of deposits and the Senior Debenture.  The Company's net income is also affected
by its level of non-interest income, including fees and service charges, as well
as  by  its  non-interest  expenses,  such  as  salary  and  employee  benefits,
provisions to the allowance for possible loan losses,  occupancy costs and, when
necessary,  expenses related to OREO and to the administration of non-performing
and other classified  assets.  The Company's results of operations reflect those
of the Bank together with interest  expense and the related  federal tax benefit
associated with the Senior Debenture.

    The level of non-performing assets has impacted the Bank's operating results
by necessitating additional provisions to the allowance for possible loan losses
which are reflected as charges against income. In addition, the Bank's operating
results  have been  impacted  by expenses  related to OREO.  For the years ended
December  31, 1995 and 1994,  the Company  recorded  net income of $518,000  and
$612,000, respectively. The provision for possible loan losses for 1995 totalled
$675,000 as compared  to $555,000  for the prior year.  Net income for the years
ended December 31, 1994 and 1993, was $612,000 and $550,000,  respectively.  The
provision  for  possible  loan losses for the year ended  December  31, 1994 was
$555,000 as compared to $545,000 for the prior year.  Expenses  associated  with
carrying and disposing  OREO were $188,000 for the year ended  December 31, 1995
as compared to $44,000 for the year ended  December 31, 1994. For the year ended
December  31, 1994,  OREO  related  expenses  (income)  amounted to $44,000,  as
compared to $(25,000)  for the prior year.  Although  non-performing  loans have
remained  relatively  flat  at  each  of  December  31,  1995,  1994  and  1993,
respectively, OREO

                                       23


properties  increased during 1995. This increase was primarily the result of the
Bank's efforts to resolve  impaired  loans swiftly,  with the goal of minimizing
loss.  The  difference  between the carrying value of the loans and the value of
the underlying collateral is reflected as a charge to the allowance for possible
loan losses. The provisions to the allowance for possible loan losses, reflected
as charges  against  income,  were necessary to restore the allowance to a level
which the Bank believed was necessary to absorb future possible loan losses,  if
any. See "Business -- Allowance for Possible Loan Losses."

    The Bank's provisions to the allowance for possible loan losses and for OREO
expenses and losses are related to the recent  economic  downturn and a decrease
in  commercial   real  estate  market  values  from  the  record  highs  of  the
mid-and-late-1980's.  Conditions in the local real estate market and the overall
local economy are likely to be  significant  determinants  of the quality of the
Company's assets in future periods and, ultimately, its results of operations.

    Net Interest Income. For the year ended December 31, 1995, the Company's net
interest  income was $4.1  million,  a decrease of  $100,000,  or 2.4% from $4.2
million for the year ended December 31, 1994. The Company's net interest  margin
declined to 4.43% for the year ended December 31, 1995,  from 4.82% for the year
ended December 31, 1994. In its attempt to satisfy an increased loan demand, the
Company  shifted its earning  assets from lower  yielding  investments to higher
yielding  loans and  increased  its loan to deposit ratio from 70.41% to 72.22%.
This  partially  offset the impact on the Company's cost of funds during 1995 of
1994's  rising  interest  rate  environment  and the  shifting of existing  core
savings  deposits and the  gathering of new deposits  into higher  yielding time
deposits  during the year.  Net interest  income for the year ended December 31,
1994,  was $4.2 million as compared to $3.8 million for the year ended  December
31, 1993.  The Company's net interest  margin  increased from 4.38% to 4.82% for
the year ended December 31, 1994.  This increase in net interest  income and net
interest  margin  resulted  primarily from: (i) the ability to satisfy a healthy
loan demand; (ii) rising interest rates favorably influencing the rate sensitive
portion of the Company's earning assets;  and (iii) delay in increasing  deposit
product pricing in response to increasing interest rates in 1994.

    The Bank's  strategy  for  improving  its net  interest  income has  several
components.  The Bank  expects to  continue  efforts to  originate  high-quality
commercial and residential mortgage loans. Further, the Bank will seek to expand
its strong working  relationship with the small business  community and the SBA.
In  addition,  the Bank will  continue  efforts  to reduce  its cost of funds by
marketing  transaction  accounts  to increase  the  percentage  of this  deposit
category to total deposits.  Finally, the Bank is able to take advances from the
FHLB to  match-fund  certain  portions  of its loan  portfolio,  especially  its
residential  mortgage  loan  portfolio.  This  match-funding  reduces  long-term
interest  rate risk and  potentially  enhances  the  stability  of net  interest
income.

    The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company's
average  balance sheet and reflects the average yield on assets and average cost
of liabilities for the periods  indicated.  Such yields and costs are derived by
dividing  income or expense  by the  average  balance of assets or  liabilities.
Average balances are derived from daily balances.


                                       24


                       AVERAGE BALANCES AND INTEREST RATES
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            -----------------------
                                                    1995                            1994                           1993           
                                                    ----                            ----                           ----           
                                                  INTEREST   AVERAGE              INTEREST   AVERAGE             INTEREST    AVERAGE
                                        AVERAGE    INCOME/    YIELD/    AVERAGE   INCOME/    YIELD/    AVERAGE   INCOME/      YIELD/
                                        BALANCE    EXPENSE     RATE     BALANCE   EXPENSE     RATE     BALANCE   EXPENSE      RATE 
                                        -------    -------     ----     -------   -------     ----     -------   -------      ---- 
 
<S>                                     <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>         <C>        <C>
INTEREST EARNING ASSETS:
   Loans(1) ...........................  $61,043    $5,994      9.82%    $56,812    $5,514     9.70     $51,585    $5,299     10.27 
   Investment securities taxable --                                                                                           
     AFS(2) ...........................   13,575       758      5.58      14,633       621     4.24          12         1      8.33
   Investment securities taxable --                                                                                           
     HTM(2) ...........................   14,357       831      5.79      10,672       487     4.56      24,933       996      4.00
   Securities purchased under agreement                                                                                       
     to resell ........................    2,796       149      5.33       4,348       172     3.96      10,753       328      3.05
                                           -----       ---      ----       -----       ---     ----      ------       ---      ----
TOTAL INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS .........   91,771     7,732      8.43      86,465     6,794     7.86      87,283     6,624      7.59
                                                     -----      ----                 -----     ----                 -----      ----
NONINTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:                                                                                                   
   Cash and due from banks ............    2,073                           2,628                          2,592               
   Premises and equipment .............    1,810                           1,553                          1,656               
   Other real estate owned ............    1,206                           1,101                            380               
   Allowance for possible loan losses .   (2,086)                         (2,205)                        (1,842)              
   Other assets .......................      875                             700                            687               
                                             ---                             ---                            ---               
TOTAL NONINTEREST-EARNING ASSETS ......    3,878                           3,777                          3,473               
TOTAL ASSETS ..........................  $95,649                         $90,242                        $90,756               
                                         =======                         =======                        =======               
INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES:                                                                                                 
   Deposits:                                                                                                                  
   Interest bearing demand and NOW                                                                                            
     deposits .........................  $ 2,642        56      2.12     $  2,877       63     2.19     $  2,738       61      2.23
       Savings deposits ...............   22,216       582      2.62      27,741       734     2.65      27,885       792      2.84
       Money market deposits ..........    2,149        55      2.56       2,473        66     2.67       2,341        64      2.73
       Time deposits ..................   46,008     2,736      5.95      34,677     1,587     4.58      34,239     1,704      4.98
   Securities sold under agreement to                                                                                         
     repurchase .......................    --         --         --        --         --        --          541        14      2.59
   Senior debenture ...................    2,818       240      8.52       2,644       179     6.77       2,472       168      6.80
                                           -----       ---      ----       -----       ---     ----       -----       ---      ----
TOTAL INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES ....   75,833     3,669      4.84      70,412     2,629     3.73      70,216     2,803      3.99
                                                     -----      ----                 -----     ----                 -----      ----
NONINTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:                                                                                              
   Noninterest-bearing deposits .......   12,397                          12,791                         14,336               
   Other liabilities ..................      473                             668                            284               
                                             ---                             ---                            ---               
TOTAL NONINTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES .   12,870                          13,459                         14,620               
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY ..................    6,946                           6,371                          5,920               
                                           -----                           -----                          -----               
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'                                                                                           
  EQUITY ..............................  $95,649                         $90,242                        $90,756               
                                         =======                         =======                        =======               
NET INTEREST INCOME ...................             $ 4,063                         $4,165                         $3,821     
                                                    =======                         ======                         ======     
NET INTEREST SPREAD(3) ...............                          3.59%                          4.13%                           3.60%
                                                                ====                           ====                            ==== 
NET INTEREST MARGIN(4) ...............                          4.43%                          4.82%                           4.38%
                                                                ====                           ====                            ==== 
</TABLE>

__________

(1)  Loans are net of unearned  discount.  Non-accrual loans are included in the
     average balances used in calculating this table.

(2)  Effective  January 1, 1994, the Company adopted SFAS No. 115. See "Notes to
     Consolidated Financial Statements." This statement requires  classification
     of investment securities into Available-For-Sale (AFS) and Held-To-Maturity
     (HTM). Prior to January 1, 1994, it was the Company's ability and intention
     to hold all debt instruments to maturity.

(3)  The net interest spread is the difference between the average rate on total
     interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

(4)  The  net  interest  margin  is  net  interest  income  divided  by  average
     interest-earning assets.


                                       25


     The following table describes the extent to which changes in interest rates
and  changes  in  volume  of   interest-earning   assets  and   interest-bearing
liabilities  have affected the Company's  interest  income and interest  expense
during the periods  indicated.  Information  is provided in each  category  with
respect to (i)  changes  attributable  to changes in volume  (changes  in volume
multiplied  by prior  rate) and (ii)  changes  attributable  to  changes in rate
(changes in rate multiplied by prior volume).

                   RATE VOLUME ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            YEAR ENDED                     YEAR ENDED                    YEAR ENDED
                                         DECEMBER 31, 1995             DECEMBER 31, 1994             DECEMBER 31, 1993
                                           COMPARED WITH                 COMPARED WITH                 COMPARED WITH
                                         DECEMBER 31, 1994             DECEMBER 31, 1993             DECEMBER 31, 1992
                                         -----------------             -----------------             -----------------
                                    INCREASE (DECREASE) DUE TO     INCREASE (DECREASE) DUE TO    INCREASE (DECREASE) DUE TO
                                    --------------------------     --------------------------    --------------------------
                                    VOLUME(3)    RATE     TOTAL   VOLUME(3)     RATE    TOTAL    VOLUME(3)    RATE     TOTAL
                                    ---------    ----     -----   ---------     ----    -----    ---------    ----     -----
<S>                                 <C>          <C>     <C>      <C>          <C>     <C>      <C>          <C>       <C>
INTEREST EARNING ASSETS:
   Loans(1) .......................   $ 412      $  68   $  480     $  509     $(294)  $  215      $ 253     $   88    $ 341
   Investment securities taxable --
     AFS(2) .......................     (59)       196      137        621      (1)      620       --         --       --
   Investment securities taxable --
     HTM(2) .......................     213        131      344       (649)      140     (509)       447       (246)     201
   Securities purchased under
     agreement to resell, federal
     funds sold interest bearing
     deposits .....................     (82)        59      (23)      (254)       98     (156)      (334)       (94)    (428)
                                        ---         --      ---       ----        --     ----       ----        ---     ---- 
TOTAL INTEREST EARNING ASSETS         $ 484      $ 454   $  938     $  227     $ (57)  $  170      $ 366     $ (252)   $ 114
                                      =====      =====   ======     ======     =====   ======      =====     ======    =====
INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES:
   Interest-bearing demand and NOW
     deposits ....................    $  (5)      $ (2)   $  (7)     $   3     $  (1)  $    2      $    9     $  (12)    $ (3)
   Savings deposits ..............     (144)        (8)    (152)        (5)      (53)     (58)        (69)       (55)    (124)
   Money market deposits .........       (8)        (3)     (11)         3        (1)       2          (5)       (15)     (20)
   Time deposits .................      674        475    1,149         20      (137)    (117)        351       (250)    (101)
   Securities sold under agreement
     to repurchase ...............     --         --       --          (14)      --        (14)      (125)       (43)    (168)
   Senior debenture ..............       15         46       61         12        (1)       11         67         (5)      62
                                         --         --       --         --        --        --         --         --       --
TOTAL INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES    $ 532      $ 508   $1,040     $    9    $ (193)  $  (174)     $ 216     $ (368)   $(152)
                                      =====      =====   ======     ======    ======   =======      =====     ======    ===== 
NET CHANGE IN NET INTEREST INCOME     $ (48)     $ (54)  $ (102)    $  208     $ 136   $   344      $ 150     $  116    $ 266
                                      =====      =====   ======     ======     =====   =======      =====     ======    =====
</TABLE>
_________

(1)  Loans are net of unearned  discount.  Non-accrual loans are included in the
     average balances used in calculating this table.

(2)  Effective  January 1, 1994, the Company adopted SFAS No. 115. See "Notes to
     Consolidated Financial Statements." This statement requires  classification
     of investment securities into Available For Sale (AFS) and Held To Maturity
     (HTM). Prior to January 1, 1994, it was the Company's ability and intention
     to hold all debt instruments to maturity.

(3)  Changes in rate/volume have been allocated to volume  variances  throughout
     this table.

    Total interest income for the year ended December 31, 1995 was $7.7 million,
compared to $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1994.  This increase of
$900,000,  or 13.2%,  was  attributable  primarily to a $5.3  million,  or 6.1%,
increase in average  interest-earning  assets, which included a $4.2 million, or
7.4% increase in average loan balances. This increase in higher yielding average
loan  balances,  combined  with an increase in  investment  securities'  yields,
resulted in an overall increase of .57% in the yield on interest-earning assets.
Yields  on  investment  securities  increased  primarily  as  a  result  of  the
relatively  short  duration  of the  portfolio  and the  ability to  reinvest or
reprice in a rising rate environment.


                                       26


    Total interest  income for the year ended December 31, 1994 was $6.8 million
compared to $6.6 million for the year ended  December 31, 1993.  The increase in
1994  was   attributable   to  a  .27%   increase  in  the   average   yield  on
interest-earning assets. Despite an $800,000 decline in average interest-earning
assets, the higher yielding loan portfolio increased on average by $5.2 million.
The loan  portfolio  increase  was funded  primarily by the  Company's  interest
bearing cash equivalents, such as overnight Repurchase Agreements, Federal Funds
Sold,  and interest  bearing  deposits with other  financial  institutions.  The
interest income  increase in 1994 was also, to a lesser extent,  attributable to
the rising  interest rate  environment  which had a positive impact on the yield
from the Company's investment securities and cash equivalents.

    Total  interest  expense  for the  year  ended  December  31,  1995 was $3.6
million,  compared to $2.6 million for the year ended  December  31,  1994.  The
increase in total interest expense of $1.0 million,  or 38.5%, was due primarily
to an increase of 1.11% in average cost of funds, and a $5.4 million increase in
interest-bearing  liabilities.  The  increase  in the  average  cost of funds is
primarily  attributable  to: (i) the lagged  impact of the rising  interest rate
environment  during 1994;  (ii) the shifting of existing  core savings  deposits
into higher yielding time deposits; and (iii) the gathering of new deposits into
higher yielding time deposits.

    Total  interest  expense  for the year ended  December  31,  1994,  was $2.6
million  compared to $2.8  million for the year ended  December  31,  1993.  The
decrease in total interest  expense of $.2 million,  or 7.1%, for the year ended
December 31, 1994 was due to a .26% decrease in the average cost of funds, which
decrease resulted from a delay in increasing deposit product pricing in a rising
interest rate environment.

    Provisions to the  Allowance for Possible Loan Losses.  The provision to the
allowance for possible loan losses was $675,000 for the year ended  December 31,
1995,  compared to $555,000 for the year ended  December 31, 1994. The increased
provision  was  necessary to restore the allowance for possible loan losses to a
level considered to be adequate by the Bank. In 1995, the Bank's net charge-offs
amounted to $577,000.  Of this amount, nearly $483,000 was related to commercial
real estate and multi-family  investment property.  Loans identified by the Bank
as impaired  loans  decreased  from $2.3  million at  December  31, 1994 to $1.2
million  at  December  31,  1995.  This  decrease  was  primarily  the result of
foreclosures, which caused an increase in both the Bank's OREO portfolio and the
level of net  charge-offs  during  1995.  The  provision  to the  allowance  for
possible loan losses was $555,000 for the year ended December 31, 1994, compared
to $545,000 for the year ended  December 31, 1993. Net  charge-offs  amounted to
$495,000 for the year ended December 31, 1994, compared to $466,000 for the year
ended  December 31, 1993. The  provisions in each  respective  year were made in
response  to the amount of the net  charge-offs  during  the year,  the level of
non-performing  and delinquent  loans,  and the Bank's  assessment of the future
impact of the economic and financial prospects of the Bank's real estate secured
loan portfolio.

    In  May  1992,  the  Bank  acquired   certain  assets  and  assumed  certain
liabilities  of  Chariho-Exeter.  See  "Business --  Acquisition"  and "Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements." In connection with the Acquisition, the Bank
acquired  loans with a value of $19.5 million and an allowance for possible loan
losses of $3.9 million. Under the terms of the Acquisition  Agreement,  the Bank
may,  through  May 1, 1999,  charge-off  acquired  loans  against  the  acquired
allowance.  Since the acquired  allowance for possible loan losses is temporary,
separate  disclosures have been made to segregate the acquired allowance and the
Bank's allowance for possible loan losses.  The respective  balances of acquired
loans and acquired allowance at years' end were as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                            ---------------
                                                        1995     1994      1993
                                                        ----     ----      ----
                                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                    <C>      <C>      <C>
Acquired Loans ...................................     $6,147   $7,634   $ 8,684
                                                       ======   ======   =======
Acquired Allowance ...............................     $  966   $1,493   $1,596
                                                       ======   ======   ======
</TABLE>


                                       27


    Non-Interest  Income.  Non-interest  income  increased from $390,000 for the
year ended  December 31, 1994 to $474,000 for the year ended  December 31, 1995.
This increase was  principally the result of gains on the sale of the guaranteed
portion of SBA loans. In 1995, the guaranteed  portion of four SBA loans sold by
the Bank  amounted to  approximately  $1  million.  From these  sales,  the Bank
recognized a total gain of $94,000 as  non-interest  income.  The Bank  retained
servicing of these loans and recorded  servicing  fee income of $15,000 in 1995.
In 1994, the Bank sold the guaranteed  portion of two SBA loans and recognized a
gain of $29,000.  It is the Bank's  intention to continue to originate  and sell
the  guaranteed  portion  of SBA loans so long as  favorable  market  conditions
exist.  Also, in an attempt to develop a revenue  stream from sources other than
net interest  income,  the Bank intends to develop its serviced loan  portfolio,
which approximates $1.3 million at December 31, 1995.

    The Bank relies on deposit account service charges and other service-related
fees to provide a predictable  level of revenue to the Bank. The following table
identifies the major sources of non-interest income to the Bank.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   YEARS ENDED AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                   ---------------------------
                                                    1995      1994      1993
                                                    ----      ----      ----
                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                 <C>       <C>      <C>
Service Charges and Fees on Deposit Accounts ...    $285      $256     $ 256
Safe Deposit Box Renewal .......................      25        25        31
Other Service Fees .............................      37        56        67
Gain on Sale of Loans ..........................      94        29      --
Loan Servicing Fee .............................      15       --       --
Other ..........................................      18        24        55
                                                      --        --        --
                                                    $474      $390      $409
                                                    ====      ====      ====
</TABLE>

    In 1994,  non-interest  income decreased  $19,000 from $409,000 for the year
ended  December  31,  1993 to $390,000  for the year ended  December  31,  1994,
despite the  recognition  of $29,000 in gains on the sale of loans.  The primary
reason for the decrease was the continued  reduction,  and resultant  decline in
deposit service charges and related service fees, of deposit accounts assumed in
1992 as part of the Acquisition. See "Business -- Acquisition."

    Non-Interest Expense. The following table identifies the major
components of non-interest expense for the respective periods presented:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          YEARS ENDED AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                          ---------------------------
                                                           1995      1994      1993
                                                           ----      ----      ----
                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>       <C>      <C>
Salaries and Employee Benefits ................           $1,566    $1,554   $ 1,386
Occupancy Expense .............................              337       342       364
Equipment Expense .............................              196       175       227
OREO (Gains) Losses, Write-downs, and carrying
  costs, net ..................................              188        44       (25)
Other Operating Expenses:
   FDIC Insurance Premium .....................               95       177       180
   Computer Service ...........................              151       130       123
   Regulatory Examination Fees ................               15        11        47
   Legal Fees .................................               68        55        51
   Directors' Fees ............................               59        54        49
   Postage ....................................               44        45        45
   Advertising ................................               45        40        24
   Office Supplies, Forms, Stationary,
    Printing, etc. ............................               78        77        65
   Miscellaneous ..............................              251       284       269
                                                             ---       ---       ---
                                                          $3,093    $2,988    $2,805
                                                          ======    ======    ======
</TABLE>


                                       28


    Total  non-interest  expense  for the  year  ended  December  31,  1995  was
$3,093,000 as compared to $2,988,000  for the year ended  December 31, 1994. For
the year ended December 31, 1994, total non-interest expense increased $183,000,
or 6.5%, to $2,988,000 from $2,805,000 for the year ended December 31, 1993. The
single largest expense accounting for this increase was the $168,000 increase in
salaries and employee benefits.

    Salaries and employee benefits  increased  $12,000,  or .7%, from $1,554,000
for the year ended  December 31, 1994 to $1,566,000  for the year ended December
31, 1995.  This  increase  reflected  the addition of a commercial  loan officer
during 1995 together with a general pay adjustment for nearly all employees. The
overall  increase in salaries and benefits was offset somewhat by an increase in
deferred  loan  origination  costs of $69,000  from  $72,000  for the year ended
December  31,  1994 to  $141,000  for the year ended  December  31,  1995.  This
increase  in  deferred  costs  was a  direct  result  of  an  increase  in  loan
originations.  Salaries and benefits increased  $168,000,  or 12%, to $1,554,000
for the year ended December 31, 1994 from $1,386,000 for the year ended December
31, 1993. This increase was primarily the result of the addition of a commercial
loan  officer  at the end of 1993,  a general  increase  in pay  scales,  and an
increase  in  pension  costs  attributable  to the  addition  of  new  employees
resulting from the  Acquisition  who qualified for  participation  in the Bank's
pension plan.

    Equipment  expense  increased  $21,000  from  $175,000  for the  year  ended
December  31,  1994 to  $196,000  for the year ended  December  31,  1995.  This
increase was attributable to depreciation  charges  associated with the purchase
in late 1994 of nearly $156,000 of item processing computer equipment. Equipment
expense  decreased $52,000 from $227,000 for the year ended December 31, 1993 to
$175,000 for the year ended  December 31, 1994.  This decrease was the result of
the  cancellation  of  several  equipment  service  contracts  and the move to a
self-insurance program for equipment related repairs and maintenance.

    OREO (gains) losses,  write-downs and carrying costs increased $144,000 from
$44,000 for the year ended  December  31,  1994 to  $188,000  for the year ended
December 31, 1995,  and $69,000 from  $(25,000) for the year ended  December 31,
1993 to $44,000 for the year ended December 31, 1994.  These  increases were the
result of higher carrying and/or disposition costs associated with a larger OREO
portfolio.  See  "Business -- Lending  Activities -- Allowance for Possible Loan
Losses and OREO Activity."

    Since 1992, the Bank has paid its FDIC insurance premium at the rate of $.23
per  $100.00  of  assessable  deposits.  Under  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA"),  this assessment rate was, until
recently,  the lowest rate for  insured  depository  institutions.  The Bank has
qualified  for  this  rate on the  basis  of its  strong  capital  position  and
supervisory  evaluation.  In August 1995, the FDIC lowered the premium from $.23
to $.04 of  assessable  deposits,  retroactive  to June 1, 1995. On November 30,
1995,  the  Bank was  notified  that  effective  January  1,  1996,  its  annual
assessment would be reduced to the minimum statutory  requirement of $2,000. For
a discussion of FDIC insurance premiums, see "REGULATION AND SUPERVISION -- 1991
Banking Legislation."

    Other  increases or decreases in general and  administrative  expenses  have
been largely due to the Bank's increased item processing, greater efficiency and
productivity,  and  decisions  to  increase or curtail  discretionary  programs,
projects and spending.

   
    The Company anticipates that non-interest expense will increase for the year
ended  December  31, 1996 as compared to the year ended  December  31, 1995 as a
result  of  reporting  requirements  applicable  to public  companies  under the
Exchange Act.  After the Public  Offering,  the Company will be required to file
reports, proxy statements,  and other information with the Commission. It is not
known to what  extent,  if any,  non-interest  expense  will  increase,  or what
affect, if any, it will have on the operations of the Company.
    

    Income Taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently
enacted  income tax rates  applicable  to the period in which the  deferred  tax
assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled.  As changes in tax
laws or rates are  enacted,  assets and  liabilities  are  adjusted  through the
provisions for income taxes.


                                       29


    For federal  income tax  purposes,  the  Company  files a  consolidated  tax
return.  However,  for state tax purposes,  separate returns for the Company and
the Bank are filed.  Because the Company and not the Bank  records the  interest
expense with respect to the Senior Debenture for state tax return purposes,  and
since  Rhode  Island  does  not  allow  for net  operating  loss  carrybacks  or
carryforwards,  the  Company  obtains  no state  tax  benefit  from  the  Senior
Debenture interest expense.

    In 1995, the Internal  Revenue  Service  examined the Company's 1992 federal
consolidated  tax return.  No adjustments  resulted from the  examination of the
return.

    Under  Rhode  Island  law,  taxable  income of the Bank has been  taxed at a
statutory  rate  of 8%.  However,  because  interest  income  on  U.S.  Treasury
obligations  and certain  government  agency debt  securities is excludable from
income for state tax purposes, the Bank paid $200 of state income taxes in 1995,
$3,500 in 1994, and $7,000 in 1993. The Bank has also paid a tax on its deposits
which  amounted to $31,000 in 1995,  $33,000 in 1994 and $44,000 in 1993.  Under
recently enacted legislation, the statutory rate for taxable income of financial
institutions  has been  increased from 8% to 9% in 1995, and the tax on deposits
will be phased-out during 1996 and 1997.

    Asset/Liability  Management. The principal objective of the Bank's asset and
liability  management is to minimize  interest rate risk on net interest  income
and stockholders'  equity.  This objective is accomplished by managing the ratio
of interest rate sensitive assets to interest rate sensitive  liabilities within
specified  maturities or repricing  dates. The Bank's actions in this regard are
taken under the  guidance  of the Bank's  Asset/Liability  Management  Committee
which is comprised of members of the Bank's senior management and two members of
the Bank Board.  The Bank's  Asset/Liability  Management  Committee  is actively
involved  in  formulating  the  economic  assumptions  that the Bank uses in its
financial planning and budgeting process and establishes  policies which control
and monitor the Bank's sources, uses and pricing of funds.

    The effect of  interest  rate  changes on the  assets and  liabilities  of a
financial  institution  such as the Bank may be analyzed by examining the extent
to which such  assets and  liabilities  are  "interest  rate  sensitive"  and by
monitoring  an  institution's  interest  rate  sensitivity  "gap."  An  asset or
liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if
it will mature or reprice within that time period. The interest rate sensitivity
"gap"  is  defined  as  the  difference  between   interest-earning  assets  and
interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within a given time period. A
gap is considered  positive when the amount of interest  rate  sensitive  assets
exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive  liabilities.  A gap is considered
negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds interest
rate sensitive assets. During a period of falling interest rates, a positive gap
would tend to adversely affect net interest  income,  while a negative gap would
tend to result in an increase in net income.  During a period of rising interest
rates, a positive gap would tend to result in an increase in net interest income
while a negative gap would tend to affect net interest income adversely.

    The Bank has  historically  sought  to  maintain  a  relatively  narrow  gap
position and has, in some  instances,  foregone  investment  in higher  yielding
assets where such investment, in management's opinion, exposed the Bank to undue
interest  rate  risk.  However,  the Bank does not  attempt to  perfectly  match
interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities and will selectively mismatch its
assets  and  liabilities  to a  controlled  degree  where it  considers  it both
appropriate  and prudent to do so. In managing its interest rate risk  exposure,
the Bank  does not  engage  in any  off-balance  sheet  hedging  or  speculative
activities.  Other than fixed rate loan commitments,  the Bank is prohibited, by
internal  policy,  from  engaging  in the  use of  off-balance  sheet  financial
instruments.

    There are a number of relevant  time  periods in which to measure the Bank's
gap  position,  such as at the 3, 6,  and 12  month  points  and  beyond  in the
maturity  schedule.  Management tends to focus most closely on the gap up to the
one year point in making its principal funding and investing decisions.


                                       30


    The  following  table  presents the  repricing  schedule  for the  Company's
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at December 31, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          WITHIN   OVER THREE     OVER ONE    OVER FIVE
                                          THREE     TO TWELVE     YEAR TO     YEARS TO      OVER
                                          MONTHS     MONTHS      FIVE YEARS   TEN YEARS   TEN YEARS    TOTAL
                                          ------     ------      ----------   ---------   ---------    -----
                                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                      <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>
INTEREST EARNING ASSETS(1):
  Securities purchased under
   agreement to resell ...............   $  1,035     $   --        $  --       $    --     $  --     $   1,035
  Investment securities ..............     11,683        6,383       11,710          --        --        29,776
  Loans -- fixed rate ................      6,774        9,695       23,020        8,614       --        48,103
  Loans -- variable rate .............     16,686         --           --            --        --        16,686
                                           ------                                                        ------
Total interest earning assets ........     36,178       16,078       34,730        8,614       --        95,600
                                           ------       ------       ------        -----     -----       ------
INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES(2):  
  Money Market accounts(3) ...........        307          911          584          --        --         1,802
  Savings deposits and NOW
   accounts(3) .......................      1,910        5,695       14,785          --        --        22,390
  Time deposits ......................     31,048       16,022        5,845          --        --        52,915
  Senior debenture ...................       --          2,845        --             --        --         2,845
                                           ------        -----       ------        -----     -----        -----
Total interest bearing liabilities ...     33,265       25,473       21,214          --        --        79,952
                                           ------       ------       ------        ------    ------      ------
NET INTEREST SENSITIVITY GAP DURING 
 THE  PERIOD .........................   $  2,913     $ (9,395)    $ 13,516     $  8,614    $  --      $ 15,648
                                         --------     --------     --------     --------     ------    --------
CUMULATIVE GAP .......................   $  2,913     $ (6,482)    $  7,034     $ 15,648    $ 15,648   $ 15,648
                                         --------     --------     --------     --------    --------   --------
Interest-sensitive assets as a percent
  of interest-sensitive liabilities
  (cumulative) .......................     108.76%       88.96%      108.80%      119.57%     119.57%    119.57%
Interest-sensitive assets as a percent 
  of total assets (cumulative) .......      36.07%       52.10%       86.72%       95.31%      95.31%     95.31%
Net interest sensitivity gap as a  
  percent of total assets ............       2.90%      (9.37)%       13.48%        8.59%      --   %     15.60%
Cumulative gap as a percent of total
  assets .............................       2.90%      (6.47)%        7.01%       15.60%      15.60%      5.60%
</TABLE>
_________
(1)  Adjustable and  floating-rate  assets and  liabilities  are included in the
     period in which  interest rates are next scheduled to adjust rather than in
     the period in which they are due.  Fixed  rate  loans are  included  in the
     periods in which they are  scheduled  to be repaid,  adjusted  for  assumed
     prepayments.

(2)  Does  not  include  $12.5  million  of  demand  accounts  because  they are
     non-interest bearing.

(3)  Money  market,  savings  and NOW  accounts  which  have no stated  maturity
     reflect certain decay assumptions based upon industry experience.


    Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the
foregoing table.  For example,  although certain assets and liabilities may have
similar maturities or periods to repricing,  they may react in different degrees
to changes in market interest  rates.  Also, the interest rates on certain types
of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest
rates,  while  interest  rates on other  types may lag behind  changes in market
rates.  Additionally,  certain  assets,  such  as  adjustable-rate  loans,  have
features which restrict changes in interest rates both on a short-term basis and
over the life of the asset. Further, in the event of a change in interest rates,
prepayment and early withdrawal levels would likely deviate  significantly  from
those assumed in calculating the table.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

    Liquidity.  Liquidity  is defined as the ability to meet  current and future
financial  obligations  of a  short-term  nature.  The Company  further  defines
liquidity as the ability to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers and
to earning enhancement opportunities in a changing marketplace.  Primary


                                       31


sources of liquidity  consist of deposit inflows,  loan  repayments,  securities
sold under agreement to repurchase,  maturity of investment securities and sales
of  securities  from the available  for sale  portfolio.  These sources fund the
Bank's lending and investment activities.

    At December 31,  1995,  1994 and 1993,  cash and due from banks,  securities
purchased under agreement to resell, and short-term investments (maturing within
one  year)  amounted  to  $13.2  million,   $16.3  million  and  $17.2  million,
respectively,   or  13.1%,  17.6%  and  19.7%  of  total  assets,  respectively.
Management is responsible for establishing and monitoring  liquidity  targets as
well as  strategies  and tactics to meet these  targets.  Concurrently  with its
acceptance for  membership in the FHLB, the Bank reduced its liquidity  position
through the growth of its loan  portfolio.  Through  membership in the FHLB, the
Bank has access to both short and  long-term  borrowings  of up to $4.2 million,
which would assist the Bank in meeting its liquidity needs and funding its asset
mix. At December 31, 1995, the Bank held state and municipal  demand deposits of
$2.3 million which it considered highly volatile. Nonetheless, the Bank believes
that there are no adverse  trends in the Bank's  liquidity or capital  reserves,
and the  Bank  believes  that  it  maintains  adequate  liquidity  to  meet  its
commitments.

    In  contrast  to the  Bank,  the  Company  maintains  no  liquidity  because
substantially  all of its  assets  consist of stock of the Bank.  The  Company's
primary liquidity needs consist of interest payments on the Senior Debenture and
payment of Rhode Island franchise taxes. The Company's  primary sources of funds
are potential issuances of its capital stock,  borrowings and dividends received
from the Bank, subject to regulatory compliance.

    Capital Resources. Total stockholders' equity of the Company at December 31,
1995 was  $7,192,000,  as  compared to  $6,559,000  at December  31,  1994.  The
increase of $633,000  resulted  from net income for the year ended  December 31,
1995  of  $518,000  and  appreciation  in the  available-for-sale  component  of
investment securities portfolio of $190,000 minus a dividend payment of $75,000.
Total stockholders'  equity of the Company increased from $6,124,000 at December
31, 1993 to $6,559,000 at December 31, 1994.  This increase was  attributable to
net income of $612,000 minus a change in unrealized loss on securities available
for sale of $115,000 and a dividend payment of $62,000.

    The  Bank  is  subject  to  the  leverage  and   risk-based   capital  ratio
requirements  of the FDIC.  The Bank is deemed to be "well  capitalized"  by the
FDIC and is classified as such for FDIC insurance- assessment purposes. See " --
Non-Interest  Expense." At December 31, 1995, the Bank's Leverage  Capital Ratio
was 10.17%,  as  compared  to 10.40% and 10.27% at  December  31, 1994 and 1993,
respectively.   The  FDIC's  minimum  Leverage  Capital  Ratio  for  "adequately
capitalized"  financial institutions is 3%, although this minimum leverage ratio
applies only to certain of the most highly-rated  banks.  Other institutions are
subject to higher requirements.

    The risk-based capital guidelines include both a definition of capital and a
framework  for  calculating   risk-weighted   assets  by  assigning  assets  and
off-balance sheet items to broad risk categories.  According to these standards,
the Bank had a Tier I Risk-Based  Capital Ratio of 15.02% and a Total Risk-Based
Capital Ratio of 16.26% at December 31, 1995, as compared to a Tier I Risk-Based
Capital  Ratio of  16.41%  and a Total  Risk-Based  Capital  Ratio of  17.66% at
December 31, 1994,  and a Tier I Risk-Based  Capital Ratio of 16.39% and a Total
Risk-Based  Capital Ratio of 17.63% at December 31, 1993. The minimum risk-based
Tier I and  Total  Capital  Ratios  at each of these  dates  were 4.0% and 8.0%,
respectively.

    The capital  structure of the Company and the Bank differ as a result of the
maintenance of the Senior Debenture at the Company level, and the related impact
through earnings of interest  expense and associated tax benefit.  See "Business
- -- Acquisition" and " --  Indebtedness"  for further  information  regarding the
Senior  Debenture and the infusion of its proceeds as additional  capital to the
Bank. At December 31, 1995 the Company's  Leverage  Capital Ratio was 6.87%,  as
compared to 7.01% and 6.81% at December  31,  1994 and 1993,  respectively.  The
Company's  Tier I Risk-Based  Capital Ratio was 10.20% and its Total  Risk-Based
Capital Ratio was 11.46% at December 31, 1995, 11.11% and 12.36%,  respectively,
at December 31, 1994; and 10.92% and 12.17%,  respectively at December 31, 1993.
See "Regulation and Supervision" for further information.


                                       32


                                    BUSINESS

GENERAL

    The Company is a bank holding  company that was organized under Rhode Island
law in 1980 for the purposes of owning all the outstanding  capital stock of the
Bank and providing greater  flexibility in helping the Bank achieve its business
objectives.  The  Bank is a Rhode  Island  chartered  commercial  bank  that was
originally  chartered  and opened for business on February  14,  1972.  The Bank
provides a broad range of lending and deposit products  primarily to individuals
and small businesses ($10 million or less in total revenues).  Although the Bank
has full  commercial  banking and trust  powers,  it has not exercised its trust
powers and does not, at the current  time,  provide  asset  management  or trust
administration  services.  The  Bank's  deposits  are  insured by the FDIC up to
applicable limits. See "Regulation and Supervision."

    The Bank  offers a variety  of  consumer  financial  products  and  services
designed  to satisfy the  deposit  and loan needs of its retail  customers.  The
Bank's retail products include interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing checking
accounts,  money market accounts,  passbook and statement savings accounts, club
accounts,  and short-term and long-term  certificates of deposit.  The Bank also
offers customary check  collection  services,  wire transfers,  safe deposit box
rentals,  and automated  teller machine (ATM) cards and services.  Loan products
include commercial,  commercial mortgage,  residential  mortgage,  construction,
home equity and a variety of consumer loans.

    The Bank's  strategy of managed growth through varied and often  challenging
economic  cycles  has been  strategically  supplemented  by both de novo  branch
expansion and  acquisition.  The Bank's first  expansion  beyond its main office
occurred in 1981 with the opening of its Cranston, Rhode Island branch. The Bank
was presented with a further growth opportunity in 1991 as a result of the Rhode
Island "credit union crisis," when 45 privately-insured  banks and credit unions
were closed by the Rhode Island  Governor.  In 1992,  the Bank acquired  certain
assets and  assumed  certain  liabilities  of the  Chariho-Exeter  Credit  Union
located in the Wyoming section of Richmond, Rhode Island. See " -- Acquisition."

    The core of the Bank's business  remains its ability to meet the lending and
deposit needs of customers in its market area.  By directing its efforts  toward
small or small  to  medium  size  businesses  and  consumers,  the  Bank's  loan
portfolio  has  increased to $64.7 million at December 31, 1995 and is comprised
of a broad mix of commercial real estate,  residential and consumer loans.  With
the economic challenges faced in the Rhode Island marketplace,  certain portions
of these portfolios have experienced difficulties. See "-- Lending Activities --
Loan Portfolio  Composition  and Maturity."  Nonetheless,  the Bank has remained
profitable  on  an  annual  basis  since  1976.  Most  recently,  the  Bank  has
experienced  growth in business  loans to  borrowers  with  favorable  cash flow
attributes seeking working capital financing secured by real estate. This growth
has  been  driven,  in  part,  by the  addition  of  two  lending  officers  who
concentrate  on customers  that fall into this category one of whom was hired in
1993, and the other of whom was hired in 1995.  Evidencing the Bank's success in
catering to this business market,  the Bank was listed in Entrepreneur  Magazine
as one of the 294 banks in the  country  most  likely to grant a small  business
loan, and as the 9th largest dollar lender of SBA funds in the Providence region
for the 1995 fiscal year. Total SBA funds loaned by the Bank were  approximately
$2.5 million and represented a substantial increase over the same period for the
1994 fiscal year.  The Bank  recently  received the  designation  of  "certified
lender" by the SBA. As a result of this  designation,  the SBA is  contractually
obligated to respond within three  business days to SBA loan requests  submitted
by the Bank.  For a more  detailed  description  of the Bank's  loan  growth and
lending  staff  additions,   see  "--  Lending   Activities  --  Loan  Portfolio
Composition and Maturity."

    The Bank's  ability  to  attract  these new  lending  relationships  and the
related  deposits is dependent on its willingness and ability to provide service
to  customers  with  identified  needs.  The Company  believes  that the Bank is
particularly  well-situated  to serve  the  banking  needs  of the  metropolitan
Providence  area. The Company  believes that the local character of the business
environment  coupled with the  Company's  knowledge of the  customers  and their
needs,  together with its  comprehensive  retail and small business products and
rapid decision-making at the branch level, create opportunities that will enable
the  Bank to  effectively  compete.  Further,  the  Company  believes  that  the
accessibility  and  responsiveness  of the  Bank's  personnel  allow the Bank to
compete  effectively for certain segments within its market, in particular local
professionals and businesses, who demand and receive customized and personalized
banking products and services.


                                       33


ACQUISITION

    On May 1,  1992,  the Bank  acquired  certain  assets  and  assumed  certain
liabilities  of   Chariho-Exeter.   On  May  4,  1992,  the  Bank  reopened  the
Chariho-Exeter  facility  as the  third  branch of the Bank  providing  the same
service  to the  local  community  formerly  served by  Chariho-Exeter  as those
provided  at the  Bank's  other  two  branches.  Although  the  Acquisition  was
accounted for as a purchase,  no goodwill or other intangible asset was recorded
because the purchase price did not exceed the fair value of the assets acquired.

    Through the  Acquisition,  the Bank acquired $33.4 million in assets,  which
included  $19.5  million in loans and an acquired  allowance  for possible  loan
losses of nearly $3.9 million.  Under the Acquisition  Agreement,  the Bank may,
through May 1, 1999,  charge-off  uncollected  acquired  loans to this  acquired
allowance  for possible  loan losses.  At May 1, 1999,  any  remaining  acquired
allowance,  less an amount equal to 1% of the remaining  acquired loans, must be
repaid to DEPCO in the form of cash.

    In 1991,  forty-five Rhode Island  institutions were closed during the Rhode
Island   "credit  union  crisis,"   precipitated   by  the  inability  of  those
institutions to obtain federal  deposit  insurance in the wake of the failure of
one of Rhode  Island's  private  insurers.  Of these  closed  institutions,  the
Company was particularly interested in Chariho-Exeter.  During 1991, this failed
credit union was placed into  receivership  and its assets and liabilities  were
placed under liquidation  management with DEPCO, a quasi-governmental  authority
formed through enabling legislation of the Rhode Island General Assembly.  DEPCO
was  given  the   responsibility  of  liquidating   assets  in  satisfaction  of
depositors' and creditors' liabilities.  The Company believed the acquisition of
Chariho-Exeter   would  allow  the  Bank  to  increase   its  total  assets  and
profitability.  This growth  would  allow the Bank to expand  both its  services
within the  communities  it was then serving and to penetrate  new market areas.
The Bank  viewed  the South  County  area of Rhode  Island,  formerly  served by
Chariho-Exeter,  as an opportune  market in which to seek to expand its products
and services. In addition, as a community-oriented  financial  institution,  the
Bank was attracted to a transaction  that would assist other Rhode  Islanders in
gaining access to their frozen deposits.

    In connection with the Acquisition,  the Company issued the Senior Debenture
to  assist  in  financing  the  Acquisition.  See  "--  Indebtedness  --  Senior
Debenture." The proceeds of the Senior Debenture were invested as a contribution
of capital to the Bank.  If, at any time prior to May 1, 1999, net acquired loan
losses exceed the acquired  allowance for possible loan losses,  such excess may
be deducted from the Company's debt obligations under the Senior Debenture.

    As part of the Acquisition, the Bank assumed $33.4 million in deposits which
were immediately  converted to the Bank's statement savings accounts.  On May 4,
1992,  when the new Wyoming  branch  facility was opened,  the Bank  anticipated
material  deposit  outflows as a result of the pent-up demand  depositors  would
have for their funds,  which had been frozen for over sixteen  months.  In 1992,
total  deposits at the Wyoming  branch  fell to below $20  million.  Since 1992,
deposit levels have  stabilized  and increased  gradually to $22.3 million as of
December  31, 1995,  as the Bank  continues to establish a presence in the South
County market.

MARKET AREA

    Although  its main  office is located  in  downtown  Providence,  the Bank's
Cranston branch is its largest office with deposits of $44.2 million at December
31, 1995. The Providence branch and the Wyoming branch had  approximately  $23.1
million and $22.3  million,  respectively,  in deposits  at December  31,  1995.
Through its Providence and Cranston locations,  the Bank believes it is the last
remaining  community bank in the  metropolitan  Providence area and will seek to
capitalize on that unique strategic positioning by continuing to provide for the
lending and deposit needs of its commercial and consumer customers in its market
area and by targeting  customers who desire the convenience and personal service
not   otherwise   available   as  the  result  of  the  recent   major   banking
consolidations. These events, and the Bank's perseverance throughout, have given
the Bank the opportunity to further build its image as a metropolitan  community
bank  and,   through  the  steps  outlined  above,   the  Bank  believes  it  is
advantageously positioned for success in the Rhode Island market.


                                       34


    The  Bank's  two  metropolitan  branches  compete  primarily  against  large
regional  financial  institutions.  At June 30,  1994,  the most recent date for
which  market-share data is available,  the Providence branch held a .43% market
share of total deposits within the City of Providence,  the Cranston branch held
a 2.82% market  share of total  deposits  within the City of  Cranston,  and the
Wyoming branch held a 28.22% market share of total  deposits  within the Town of
Richmond.  As of June 30, 1994, the Bank had seen a three-year compounded growth
(decline)  rate in deposits of 11.65% and (3.80)% in its Cranston and Providence
branches,  respectively.  Similar  information  for the  Wyoming  branch  is not
meaningful due to the Acquisition of Chariho-Exeter.

LENDING ACTIVITIES

    General.  The Bank lends  primarily  to  individuals  and small  businesses,
including partnerships,  professional corporations and associations, and limited
liability   companies.   Loans   made  by  the  Bank  to   individuals   include
owner-occupied  residential mortgage loans, unsecured and secured personal lines
of credit, home equity loans,  mortgage loans on investment (generally non-owner
occupied 1-4 family) and vacation properties,  installment loans, student loans,
and overdraft  line of credit  protection.  Loans made by the Bank to businesses
include  typical  asset-based  loans,  commercial  real estate  loans  (loans to
individuals  secured by  residential  property of 5 units or more are considered
commercial  real estate loans) and lines of credit.  Within the commercial  real
estate  portfolio,  a loan may be secured by real estate although the purpose of
the loan is not to finance the purchase or development of real estate nor is the
principal  source  of  repayment  the  sale  or  operation  of the  real  estate
collateral.  The Bank will often secure  commercial loans for working capital or
equipment  financing with real estate  together with equipment and other assets.
The Bank characterizes  such loans as "commercial real estate,"  consistent with
bank  regulatory  requirements.  Generally,  the Bank  lends  only to  borrowers
located in Rhode Island or nearby  Southeastern  Massachusetts  or  Connecticut.
Occasionally,  the  Bank  will  lend to a  borrower  in its  market  area  where
collateral securing  obligations is vacation property located outside the market
area.

    At December 31, 1995, the Bank had gross loans outstanding of $64.8 million,
which  represented  approximately  64.6%  of the  Company's  total  assets.  The
interest  rates  charged on the Bank's loans vary with the degree of risk,  term
and amount of the loans and are further subject to competitive pressures,  money
market rates, the availability of funds, and legal and regulatory  requirements.
Many of the Bank's  residential and commercial real estate loans are either tied
to a rate index  (e.g.  Wall Street  Prime  Rate) or fixed rate  subject to rate
review  and/or  call  within  three  to  five  years.   At  December  31,  1995,
approximately  83.3% of the Bank's  outstanding loans will reprice or be subject
to rate review within five years. At December 31, 1995,  approximately  92.2% of
the Bank's  outstanding  loans were  secured in whole or in part by real  estate
(this includes first and second  residential  mortgages and home equity lines of
credit). See "-- Loan Portfolio Composition and Maturity."

    At December 31, 1995, over 80% of the residential real estate loan portfolio
was secured by a first  priority  lien on the real estate  securing  such loans,
with the balance secured by second and lower priority liens on such real estate.
As a general  practice,  the Bank seeks first  priority  liens on its commercial
real estate  loans.  The  majority of the Bank's real estate loan  portfolio  is
secured by a first priority lien.

    The Bank's  policy on real  estate  lending  standards  establishes  certain
maximum loan to value ("LTV") ratios for real estate-related  loans depending on
the type of collateral  securing such loans. These maximum LTV ratios range from
50% for those  loans  secured  by  undeveloped  real  estate up to 90% for loans
secured by residential real estate. Notwithstanding these maximum LTV ratios, as
a general practice, the Bank imposes higher collateralization  requirements than
those established in its policy on real estate lending standards.

    Loan  Underwriting,  Review  and  Risk  Assessment.  When  considering  loan
applications,  the primary factors taken into consideration by the Bank are: (i)
the cash flow and  financial  condition of the  borrower;  (ii) the value of any
underlying  collateral;  and (iii) the  character and integrity of the borrower.
These  factors  are  evaluated  in a number of ways  including  an  analysis  of
financial  statements,   credit  reviews,  trade  reviews,  and  visits  to  the
borrower's place of business. The total indebtedness of the


                                       35


borrower to the Bank  determines  the maximum limit which a lending  officer has
the authority to approve a particular credit. Total indebtedness means the total
of all  borrowings,  including  the loan  being  requested,  whether  funded  or
unfunded, to a particular borrower and all related loan accounts.  The authority
of individual loan officers is limited to the approval of secured loans equal to
or less than either  $200,000 or  $150,000,  depending  on the  individual  loan
officer,  and unsecured  loans equal to or less than either  $25,000 or $10,000,
depending on the individual  loan officer.  The authority of the chief executive
officer is  limited  to the  approval  of  secured  loans  equal to or less than
$400,000 and unsecured  loans equal to or less than $300,000.  All loan requests
in excess of an individual  loan officer's  limit must be approved by the Bank's
Credit  Committee  for  secured  loans  equal to or less than  $500,000  and for
unsecured  loans equal to or less than $300,000.  Loan requests in excess of the
Credit Committee's limit must be presented to the Bank Board. Generally the Bank
requires  personal  guarantees and supporting  financial  statements from one or
more of the principals of any entity borrowing money from the Bank.

    Loan business is generated  primarily through  referrals and  direct-calling
efforts. Referrals of loan business come from the Bank's directors, stockholders
of the  Company,  existing  customers  of the  Bank  and  professionals  such as
lawyers, accountants, financial intermediaries and brokers.

    At December  31,  1995,  the Bank's  statutory  lending  limit to any single
borrower approximated $1.7 million, subject to certain exceptions provided under
applicable  law. The Bank also has a policy of extending  loans,  under the same
terms  and  conditions  applicable  to any  other  borrower,  to  directors  and
executive officers of the Company and the Bank limiting the aggregate  principal
amount of such loans to 100% of capital and otherwise  complying with applicable
regulatory requirements. At December 31, 1995, the aggregate principal amount of
all loans to directors  and  executive  officers  and related  entities was $1.7
million.

    The Bank has an informal  loan peer review  function  and a loan loss review
committee.  The loan peer review committee,  which meets monthly, is an informal
committee  comprised  of the  Bank's  chief  executive  officer  and other  loan
officers.  Every loan of $150,000 or more is reviewed  annually by the loan peer
review  committee.  All loans  that  undergo  loan peer  review  receive a grade
ranging  from A to F based on a number  of  criteria,  including  the  financial
strength of the borrower as determined,  in part, by such borrower's  liquidity,
debt service coverage and historical performance. Any loan rated D or worse will
automatically  be placed on a  "watchlist."  Certain C rated loans for which the
committee has identified potential problems may also be placed on the watchlist.
The loans on the watchlist are reviewed  monthly by the Bank's Credit  Committee
in order to determine  what actions  should be taken with respect to such loans,
whether any loans  should be added or deleted  from the  watchlist,  and to make
recommendations  regarding  loan loss  reserve  levels  to the loan loss  review
committee.  The loan loss review  committee,  comprised of the Bank's  executive
officers  and all other  loan  officers,  reviews  loans on the  watchlist  on a
quarterly basis in order to establish loan loss reserve levels.

    Loan Portfolio Composition and Maturity.  The following table sets forth the
loan balances for certain  categories at the dates  indicated and the percent of
each category to total gross loans.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------
                                                1995                1994                1993
                                                ----                ----                ----
                                          AMOUNT   PERCENT    AMOUNT    PERCENT   AMOUNT    PERCENT
                                          ------   -------    ------    -------   ------    -------
                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                      <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>
Commercial .........................     $ 3,549      5.5%   $ 3,935       6.7%   $ 4,439      8.1%
Commercial real estate(1) ..........     32,413     50.0     25,094      42.8     20,857     38.3
Residential real estate ............      23,658     36.5     24,284      41.4     23,565     43.2
Home equity lines of credit ........       3,672      5.7      4,110       7.0      4,304      7.9
Consumer ...........................       1,497      2.3      1,227       2.1      1,376      2.5
                                           -----      ---      -----       ---      -----      ---
                                          64,789              58,650               54,541
Unearned discount ..................          88                  81                   88
Allowance for possible loan losses .       1,828               2,257                2,300
                                           -----               -----                -----
Net loans ..........................     $62,873    100.0%   $56,312     100.0%   $52,153    100.0%
                                         =======    =====    =======     =====    =======    ===== 
</TABLE>
__________
(1)  Of the  Commercial  real estate  portfolio,  $7,752,000  as of December 31,
     1995,  $6,604,000 as of December 31, 1994 and $4,835,000 as of December 31,
     1993, consisted of  non-owner-occupied  residential  investment real estate
     property.


                                       36


    The following table sets forth the same loan composition as presented above,
but excludes the acquired loans and acquired  Allowance for Possible Loan Losses
associated with the Acquisition discussed under "-- Acquisition."


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------
                                                1995                1994                1993
                                                ----                ----                ----
                                          AMOUNT   PERCENT    AMOUNT    PERCENT   AMOUNT    PERCENT
                                          ------   -------    ------    -------   ------    -------
                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                      <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>
Commercial ........................      $ 3,549      6.0%   $  ,935       7.7%   $ 4,439      9.7%
Commercial real estate ............       32,022     54.6     24,696      48.4     20,454     44.6
Residential real estate ...........       17,981     30.7     17,231      33.8     15,675     34.2
Home equity lines of credit .......        3,672      6.3      4,110       8.1      4,304      9.4
Consumer ..........................        1,418      2.4      1,044       2.0        985      2.1
                                           -----      ---      -----       ---        ---      ---
                                          58,642              51,016               45,857
Unearned discount .................           88                  81                   88
Allowance for possible loan losses           862                 764                  704
                                             ---                 ---                  ---
Net Loans .........................      $57,692    100.0%   $50,171     100.0%   $45,065    100.0%
                                         =======    =====    =======     =====    =======    ===== 
</TABLE>

    Total loans  outstanding  increased  $5.1 million from $49.4 million at 1992
year end to $54.5  million  at 1993  year end.  The  majority  of this  increase
occurred within the commercial and  residential  real estate portion of the loan
portfolio.  A favorable interest rate environment encouraged an expansion of the
residential real estate loan portfolio  through home purchases and refinancings,
exclusive of the effect of the repayment of loans  acquired in the  Acquisition.
The commercial  real estate loan  portfolio also increased as businesses  sought
working capital and expansion funds. The Bank believed,  as it does today,  that
opportunities  existed to satisfy the banking and  borrowing  needs of the small
business community.  The Bank also responded to those  opportunities  created by
banking  industry  consolidation  and actively  sought small business  customers
adversely affected by it. In late 1993, the Bank added an additional experienced
commercial  loan officer to its staff.  In 1994,  the Bank focused on commercial
lending secured by real estate to borrowers for small business plant  purchases,
expansion,  working  capital and other  corporate  purpose.  Despite a series of
monetary  tightening  moves by the Federal  Reserve  Board  which  resulted in a
significantly  higher  interest  rate  environment,  the Bank's  loan  portfolio
increased  $4.1  million  or 7.5% from  $54.5  million at 1993 year end to $58.6
million at 1994 year end. This growth took place entirely  within the commercial
real estate portion of the loan portfolio.

    In early 1995, the Bank continued to encounter strong loan demand from small
businesses and hired another  experienced  commercial  loan officer with primary
responsibility  in this  area.  The Bank  believes  a  primary  reason  for this
increased demand was the frustration of small business borrowers with the number
and  magnitude of mergers,  consolidations  and  down-sizing  within the banking
industry  which in turn led such  borrowers to seek banking  relationships  with
banks which were  responsive to their needs.  As of December 31, 1995,  the loan
portfolio had increased $6.1 million since December 31, 1994.  Substantially all
of this growth  occurred  within the  commercial  real estate  portfolio,  which
increased $7.3 million over this period. Residential real estate and home equity
lines of credit decreased nearly $1.1 million over the same period primarily due
to  relatively  high  interest  rates  and   competition   through  the  use  of
below-market   introductory  interest  rates.  The  Bank  is  committed  to  the
development,  marketing and delivery of basic  consumer loan products to reverse
these decreases.

    The following table sets forth the repricing frequency of fixed and variable
rate loans  included in the Bank's  total loan  portfolio  at December 31, 1995.
Loans having no stated  schedule of  repayments  or no stated  maturity  (due on
demand) are reported as due in three months or less.


                                       37

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            COMMERCIAL      HOME
                                                                AND        EQUITY
                                                            RESIDENTIAL   LINES OF
                                               COMMERCIAL   REAL ESTATE    CREDIT    CONSUMER    TOTAL
                                               ----------   -----------    ------    --------    -----
                                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>                         <C>       <C>        <C>
FIXED RATE
Amounts due:
   Three Months or Less                          $   502      $  4,073     $   --      $   229   $  4,804
   After three months through one year                67         8,723          95         172      9,057
   After one year through five years                 138        22,865          42         367     23,412
   Beyond five years                                  33        10,747         --           50     10,830
                                                      --        ------         ---          --     ------
                                                     740        46,408         137         818     48,103
                                                     ---        ------         ---         ---     ------
VARIABLE RATE
Repricing Frequency: 
   Quarterly                                       2,809         9,663       3,535         679     16,686
   Annually                                         --           --            --           --        --
   Every five years but less frequently than
     annually                                       --           --            --           --        --
   Less frequently than every five years            --           --            --           --        --
                                                   -----        -----        -----       -----      -----
                                                   2,809         9,663       3,535         679     16,686
                                                   -----         -----       -----         ---     ------
       Total                                     $ 3,549      $ 56,071     $ 3,672     $ 1,497   $ 64,789
                                                 =======      ========     =======     =======   ========
</TABLE>

    Scheduled  contractual  principal  repayments do not, in many cases, reflect
the actual  maturities of loans.  The average maturity of loans is substantially
less than their average  contractual  terms because of  prepayments  and, in the
case of conventional mortgage loans,  due-on-sale clauses,  which generally give
the  Company  the right to  declare a loan  immediately  due and  payable in the
event, among other things,  that the borrower sells the real property subject to
the mortgage. In addition, because many of the Bank's residential and commercial
real estate loans are fixed rate loans subject to rate review and/or call option
within  three to five  years,  such loans are  considered  by the Bank to have a
stated  maturity equal to the rate review period.  Prevailing  interest rates at
the time of  scheduled  rate  reviews may cause the Bank to reset rates on these
loans.  However,  such loans may not actually  mature at that time.  The average
life of mortgage  loans tends to increase  when current  mortgage loan rates are
substantially  higher than rates on  existing  mortgage  loans and,  conversely,
decrease when rates on existing  mortgages are substantially  lower than current
mortgage  loan  rates  (due to  refinancing  at lower  rates).  Under the latter
circumstances,  the weighted average yield on loans decreases as higher yielding
loans are repaid or refinanced at lower rates. As of December 31, 1995, $519,000
of loans scheduled to mature within three months or less, were non-accruing.

    Commercial  Loans.  Subject to federal and state  restrictions,  the Bank is
authorized to make secured or unsecured  commercial  business  loans for general
corporate  purposes.  Commercial loans include working capital loans,  equipment
financing, standby letters of credit, and secured and unsecured demand, term and
time loans.  Commercial  loans do not  include  business  loans  secured by real
estate. See " -- Commercial and Residential Real Estate Loans."

    At December 31, 1995, the Bank had  outstanding  commercial  loans totalling
$3.5  million  which  represented  5.5% of  total  loans.  Of the  Bank's  total
commercial loan portfolio,  $2.8 million or 79.1% consisted of loans priced on a
floating rate basis at a margin over the Bank's base lending rate or Wall Street
Prime Rate.  At December  31,  1995,  the Bank's base rate was 10.00%  while the
Prime Rate was 8.50%.

    Commercial and Residential Real Estate Loans. At December 31, 1995, the Bank
had  outstanding  residential  first and second  mortgage  loans and home equity
lines of credit of approximately $27.3 million,  represented 42.2% of the Bank's
total loan portfolio. Of this amount, $21.7 million represented loans originated
directly by the Bank, while approximately $5.6 million represents loans acquired
in the 

                                       38


    Acquisition.   The  decline  in  market  values  of  residential  homes  and
condominiums  over the past  several  years and the  continuing  weakness in the
local  economy  increased the Bank's risk of loss of these loans in the event of
borrower default.  However,  over the past three years, the majority of net loan
charge-offs  related to  commercial  real  estate and  multi-family  residential
investment   property   discussed  below.  Net  charge-offs  of  owner  occupied
residential mortgage loans and home equity loans were minimal.

    In December 1995, the Bank launched a program to originate first residential
fixed rate  mortgages  which  conform  to the  eligibility  requirements  of the
Federal National Mortgage  Association ("FNMA" or "Fannie Mae"). Most fixed rate
conforming loans are originated by the Bank and sold to correspondents. The Bank
funds  these loans at time of closing.  The Bank does not  originate  Adjustable
Rate Mortgages ("ARMS") for its own portfolio. The Bank does, however, originate
fixed rate  residential  first mortgage loans for its own portfolio with a 15 to
30 year  amortization  period and a rate  review  and/or call option at three or
five year intervals.  Consequently, as the Bank attempts to satisfy the needs of
its customers,  it maintains an element of interest rate sensitivity embedded in
the terms of the loan.

    As  previously  discussed,  the Bank has and  plans to  continue  to  commit
substantial  resources to the promotion and  development  of commercial  lending
(i.e. small business plant purchases,  expansion and working capital) secured by
real estate, which loans are characterized as "commercial real estate loans." At
December 31, 1995,  outstanding  commercial real estate loans approximated $32.4
million or 50.0% of total loans outstanding. Of this amount, $400,000 represents
acquired  loans  from the  Acquisition.  Over the past two  years,  the Bank has
placed a renewed  emphasis on: (i) small business  lending;  (ii) obtaining loan
guarantees from the SBA; and (iii) cash-flow  analysis and an overall assessment
of the borrower's  financial strength and ability to repay with a secondary view
towards collateral values. The Bank has limited its commercial  construction and
land  development  financing and intends to continue to do so in the future.  At
December 31, 1995, total  construction and land development  loans  approximated
$4.3 million.

    Commercial real estate loans are generally priced at a floating rate indexed
to the Bank's base lending  rate or to the Prime Rate.  If a loan is priced at a
fixed rate,  it is  generally  structured  with a three-year  or five-year  rate
review and/or call option.  At December 31, 1995,  80.8% of all  residential and
commercial real estate loans are subject to repricing within five years.

    Consumer  Loans.  At December 31, 1995,  the Bank's  consumer loan portfolio
approximated $1.5 million or 2.3% of total loans outstanding.  The Bank offers a
full range of consumer lending products including new and used automobile loans,
passbook  and  certificate  of deposit  loans,  and other  personal  secured and
unsecured  loans.  Although  the Bank  makes an  effort  to  price  these  loans
competitively,  it faces substantial competition from consumer finance companies
and,  therefore,  the Bank does not view this market as  possessing  significant
growth potential.

NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

    For discussion of the Bank's non-performing  assets,  restructured loans and
delinquent  loans,  see  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Financial Condition."

    Non-performing   assets   include   non-performing   loans  and  OREO.   The
non-performing loans category includes loans on which the accrual of interest is
discontinued  when the  collectibility  of principal or interest is in doubt, or
when  payments of  principal  or interest  have become 90 days past due and have
arrearages that have not been eliminated.  In certain instances,  non-performing
loans may also  include  loans  that have  become 90 days past due but remain on
accrual  status  because  the  value  of the  collateral  securing  the  loan is
sufficient  to cover  principal  and  interest and the loan is in the process of
collection.   OREO  consists  of  real  estate  acquired  by  the  Bank  through
foreclosure proceedings.  In addition to the preceding two categories,  the Bank
may, under  appropriate  circumstances,  restructure  loans as a concession to a
borrower.  Such  restructured  loans are not included in  non-performing  assets
unless  they  become  delinquent  or are  placed on  non-accrual  status.  Under
generally accepted 


                                       39


accounting  principles,  the  Bank is  required  to  account  for  certain  loan
modifications or restructurings as "troubled debt restructurings"  ("TDR"). TDRs
do not necessarily result in non-accrual loans. In general,  the modification or
restructuring  of a loan  constitutes  a TDR if the Bank,  for economic or legal
reasons related to the borrower's financial difficulties, grants a concession to
the borrower  that the Bank would not otherwise  consider.  At each of the years
ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, no TDRs were included in the Bank's loan
portfolio.

    The  commercial  loan  officer  hired in late  1993,  in  addition  to other
responsibilities,   was  hired  to   oversee   the  loan   servicing   and  loan
administration  functions. The Bank also established a loan-loss review and loan
peer review function.  See " -- Lending Activities -- Loan Underwriting,  Review
and Risk  Assessment."  These changes resulted and continue to result in greater
emphasis on: (i) cash flow analysis,  rather than  collateral  value analysis in
reaching lending decisions;  (ii) stringent credit review and loan documentation
standards; and (iii) more vigorous collection activities on delinquent loans.

    The following table sets forth information  regarding  non-performing assets
and delinquent  loans 30-89 days past due as to interest or principal,  and held
by the Bank at the dates  indicated.  The amounts and ratios shown are exclusive
of the loans and allowance for possible loan losses acquired in the Acquisition.
See "-- Acquisition."


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           DECEMBER 31
                                                                           -----------
                                                                      1995     1994     1993
                                                                      ----     ----     ----
                                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                  <C>      <C>      <C>
Loans past due 90 days or more but not include
 in non-accrual loans .........................................      $   17   $ --     $   30
Non-accrual loans .............................................         519      521      502
Total non-performing loans ....................................         536      521      532
Other real estate owned .......................................       1,470      945    1,522
                                                                      -----      ---    -----
Total non-performing assets ...................................      $2,006   $1,466   $2,054
                                                                     ======   ======   ======
Delinquent loans 30-89 days past due ..........................      $  266   $1,314   $1,110
                                                                     ======   ======   ======
Non-performing loans as a percent of gross loans ..............        0.91%    1.02%    1.16%
Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets ............        2.11%    1.69%    2.55%
Delinquent loans 30-89 days past due as a percent 
 of gross loans ...............................................        0.45%    2.58%    2.43%
</TABLE>

    Had nonaccrual  loans been accruing,  interest income would have been higher
by $57,357,  $44,940 and $32,010 for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and
1993, respectively. At December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, all acquired loans were
performing.

ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES

    The  allowance for possible loan losses is  established  through  provisions
charged  against  income.  Assessing  the adequacy of the allowance for possible
loan losses involves  substantial  uncertainties  and is based upon management's
evaluation of the amounts  required to meet  estimated  charge-offs  in the loan
portfolio after weighing  various  factors.  Among the factors are: (i) the risk
characteristics  of the loan portfolio  generally;  (ii) the quality of specific
loans; (iii) the level of non-accruing loans; (iv) current economic  conditions;
(v) trends in  delinquencies  and prior  charge-offs;  and (vi) the value of the
underlying collateral.  Ultimate loan losses may vary significantly from current
estimates.  The Bank reviews  non-performing  and performing  loans to ascertain
whether any  impairment  exists within the loan  portfolio.  The Bank  evaluates
these problem loans and estimates the potential loss exposure when assessing the
adequacy of the allowance  for possible  loan losses.  Because the allowance for
possible loan losses is based on various estimates and includes a high degree of
judgment,  subsequent  changes in general  economic  conditions and the economic
prospects of the borrowers may require changes in those estimates.


                                       40


    The annual  provision to the Bank's  allowance  for possible loan losses was
$675,000,  $555,000, and $545,000 for the fiscal years ended 1995, 1994 and 1993
respectively.  During the 1995 fiscal year, it became  apparent that a number of
delinquent loans would not reach favorable resolution. Consequently, to minimize
its exposure,  the Bank  instituted  foreclosure  proceedings  and pursued other
collection efforts. This resulted in a charge-off of loan balances or deficiency
balances (the  difference  between the loan balance and estimated net realizable
value of  underlying  collateral)  of  $715,000  of which  $569,000  related  to
commercial real estate and multi-family investment property.  Charge-offs net of
recoveries  for the year ended  December  31,  1995  approximated  $577,000,  as
compared to approximately $495,000 and $466,000 for the years ended December 31,
1994 and 1993, respectively.

    The following table is an analysis of the Bank's Allowance for Possible Loan
Losses over the last three years.  This table  excludes the loans and  Allowance
for Possible Loan Losses acquired in the  Acquisition.  All statistical  data is
exclusive  of  the  acquired  loans  and  related   allowance.   See  "Notes  to
Consolidated  Financial  Statements" for information relative to the activity in
the acquired Allowance for Possible Loan Losses.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             ------------------------
                                                                            1995       1994       1993
                                                                            ----       ----       ----
                                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
AVERAGE LOANS OUTSTANDING ..............................................   $57,048    $51,250    $42,057
                                                                           =======    =======    =======
ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD ..............   $   764    $   704    $   625
                                                                           -------    -------    -------
CHARGED-OFF LOANS:
   Commercial ..........................................................        48         23         30
   Commercial Real Estate:
       Non-owner occupied 1-4 family ...................................        47         51       --
       Non-owner occupied multi-family .................................       411        525        212
       Commercial ......................................................       158         21        221
   Residential Real Estate:
       Owner occupied 1-4 family .......................................      --         --         --
       Non-owner occupied 1-4 family ...................................        35       --           83
   Home Equity Lines of Credit .........................................         5       --           18
   Consumer ............................................................        11          5         13
                                                                                --          -         --
          Total charged-off loans ......................................       715        625        577
                                                                               ---        ---        ---
RECOVERIES ON LOANS PREVIOUSLY CHARGED OFF:
   Commercial ..........................................................        44         94         30
   Commercial Real Estate:
       Non-owner occupied 1-4 family ...................................      --         --         --
       Non-owner occupied multi-family .................................        67       --           69
       Commercial ......................................................        19       --         --
   Residential Real Estate:
       Owner occupied 1-4 family .......................................      --           25       --
       Non-owner occupied 1-4 family ...................................      --         --            9
   Home Equity Lines of Credit .........................................      --         --         --
   Consumer ............................................................         8         11          3
          Total recoveries .............................................       138        130        111
                                                                               ---        ---        ---
NET LOANS CHARGED-OFF ..................................................       577        495        466
PROVISION FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES .....................................       675        555        545
                                                                               ---        ---        ---
ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES AT END OF PERIOD ....................   $   862    $   764    $   704
                                                                           =======    =======    =======
Net loans charged-off to average loans .................................      1.01%      0.97%      1.11%
Allowance for possible loan losses to gross loans at end of period .....      1.47       1.50       1.54
Allowance for possible loan losses to non-performing loans .............    160.63     146.76     132.46
Net loans charged-off to allowance for possible loan losses at beginning
  of period ............................................................     75.52      70.31      74.56
Recoveries to charge-offs ..............................................     19.30      20.80      19.24
</TABLE>


                                       41


    The following  table  represents the allocation of the Bank's  allowance for
possible  loan losses and the  percentage  of each loan category to total loans,
net of unearned discount, for the periods ending as indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                             ------------
                                                    1995         1994          1993
                                                    ----         ----          ----
                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>
Loan Category:
   Commercial ...........................      $ 35     6.1%  $ 33     7.7%  $ 44     9.7%
   Commercial Real Estate ...............       463    54.7    449    48.5    375    44.7
   Residential Real Estate ..............       312    30.7    238    33.8    234    34.2
   Home Equity Lines of Credit ..........        37     6.3     35     8.1     40     9.4
   Consumer .............................        15     2.2      9     1.9     11     2.0
                                                 --     ---      -     ---     --     ---
       Total ............................      $862   100.0%  $764   100.0%  $704   100.0%
                                               ====   =====   ====   =====   ====   ===== 
</TABLE>

    This   allocation  of  the  allowance  for  possible  loan  losses  reflects
management's  judgment of the relative  risks of the various  categories  of the
Bank's loan portfolio. This allocation should not be considered an indication of
the future amounts or types of loan charge-offs.  At December 31, 1995, the Bank
classified  $1.2  million of loans as  substandard  based on the  rating  system
adopted by the Bank. This amount includes the $416,000  non-accruing  commercial
real  estate  loan  discussed  above  in  the  section  entitled   "MANAGEMENT'S
DISCUSSION  AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND RESULTS OF  OPERATIONS  --
Financial  Condition --  Non-Performing  Assets:  Current." Of these amounts,  a
majority of which are included in the commercial real estate loan portfolio, the
Bank  estimates a potential loss exposure of $273,000.  This potential  exposure
has been fully  reserved in the  allowance  for possible loan losses at December
31, 1995.

    The following table summarizes the gross activity in OREO during the periods
indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         AMOUNT
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>
        Balance at December 31, 1992 ..........................         $   325
        Property Acquired .....................................           1,407
        Sales and other adjustments ...........................            (200)
        Write-downs (charged to operations) ...................             (10)
                                                                            --- 
        Balance at December 31, 1993 ..........................           1,522
        Property Acquired .....................................             501
        Sales and other adjustments ...........................          (1,033)
        Write-downs (charged to operations) ...................             (45)
                                                                            --- 
        Balance at December 31, 1994 ..........................             945
        Property Acquired .....................................           1,257
        Sales and other adjustments ...........................            (607)
        Write-downs (charged to operations) ...................            (125)
                                                                           ---- 
        Balance at December 31, 1995 ..........................         $ 1,470
                                                                        =======
</TABLE>

    The balance of OREO at December 31, 1995 consisted of:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                    <C>
       Land Development ......................................         $    216
       1-4 Family Residential Real Estate ....................               55
       Multi-Family (5 or more) Residential Properties .......              285
       Commercial Real Estate ................................              914
                                                                            ---
                                                                         $1,470
                                                                         ======
</TABLE>

    See "MAnagement's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of  Operations -- Financial  Condition --  Non-Performing  Assets:  Current" and
"Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" for further information.


                                       42


INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

    The  investment  policy  of the  Bank is an  integral  part  of the  overall
asset/liability  management  of the Bank.  The  Bank's  investment  policy is to
establish a portfolio  which will  provide  liquidity  necessary  to  facilitate
funding  of  loans  and to cover  deposit  fluctuations  while at the same  time
achieving  a  satisfactory  return on the funds  invested.  The Bank  intends to
maximize earnings from its investment  portfolio  consistent with the safety and
liquidity of those investment assets.

    The  securities in which the Bank may invest are subject to regulation  and,
for the most part,  are limited to securities  which are  considered  investment
grade securities.  See "Regulation and Supervision -- 1991 Banking Legislation."
In  addition,  the  Bank  has an  internal  investment  policy  which  restricts
investments to: (i) United States treasury securities; (i) obligations of United
States  government  agencies and  corporations;  (iii)  collateralized  mortgage
obligations,  including  securities  issued  by FNMA,  the  Government  National
Mortgage  Association  ("GNMA"),  and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
("FHLMC");  (iv) securities of states and political subdivisions;  (v) corporate
debt, all of which must be considered  investment  grade by a recognized  rating
service;  and  (vi)  corporate  stock.  See  "Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements" for further information.

    On January 1, 1994, the Bank adopted SFAS No. 115,  "Accounting  for Certain
Investments  in Debt  and  Equity  Securities."  This  statement  addresses  the
accounting and reporting for investments in equity  securities that have readily
determinable fair values and for all investments in debt securities.  Under this
statement, securities are classified as held-to-maturity,  available-for-sale or
trading.  Debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to
hold to maturity are  classified  as  held-to-maturity  and are carried at cost,
adjusted for the amortization of premium or the accretion of discount.  Debt and
equity securities with readily  determinable  market values which are bought and
held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term are classified
as trading  securities and are carried at fair value,  with unrealized gains and
losses  included in current  earnings.  At each of the years ended  December 31,
1995, 1994 and 1993, the Bank had no securities  classified as trading. Debt and
equity  securities  not  classified  as either  held-to-maturity  or trading are
classified as available-for-sale  and are carried at fair value, with unrealized
after-tax  gains and losses  reported as a separate  component of  stockholders'
equity.  Securities  classified as  available-for-sale  include  securities that
management intends to use as part of its asset/liability management strategy and
that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment
risk, and other factors.

    Prior to January 1, 1994,  debt  securities were designated at the time they
were purchased as either held-for-sale or held-to-maturity,  based on management
ability  and intent at the time.  Management  had the ability and intent to hold
all debt securities on a long-term basis or until maturity.  Consequently, prior
to 1994, all debt securities were classified as securities  held-to-maturity and
carried at cost,  adjusted for the  amortization  of premium or the accretion of
discount.

    The following table sets forth the amortized cost and estimated market
value of the Bank's investment portfolio at the dates indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         ------------
                                                     1995                    1994                    1993
                                                     ----                    ----                    ----
                                                        ESTIMATED               ESTIMATED               ESTIMATED
                                            AMORTIZED     MARKET    AMORTIZED     MARKET    AMORTIZED     MARKET
                                               COST       VALUE        COST       VALUE        COST       VALUE
                                               ----       -----        ----       -----        ----       -----
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
HELD-TO-MATURITY:
   U.S. Government and agency           
     obligations ........................    $ 12,596    $ 12,551    $ 10,752    $ 10,410    $ 25,566    $ 25,529
   Collateralized mortgage obligations ..       2,048       2,016       2,395       2,276       1,957       1,942
                                                -----       -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
                                             $ 14,644    $ 14,567    $ 13,147    $ 12,686    $ 27,523    $ 27,471
                                             ========    ========    ========    ========    ========    ========
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE:
   U.S. Government and agency
     obligations ........................    $ 14,995    $ 15,088    $ 15,102    $ 14,890    $  --       $  --
   Marketable equity security ...........          12          44          12          32          12          25
                                                   --          --          --          --          --          --
                                             $ 15,007    $ 15,132    $ 15,114    $ 14,922    $     12    $     25
                                             ========    ========    ========    ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>

    Included in the Bank's held-to-maturity investment portfolio at December 31,
1995, are $5.7 million in structured  notes with an estimated fair value of $5.6
million.


                                       43


    The  following  table  sets forth  certain  information  regarding  maturity
distribution and weighted average yields of the Bank's  investment  portfolio at
December 31, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  WITHIN ONE YEAR      ONE TO FIVE YEARS      OVER FIVE YEARS       TOTAL SECURITIES
                                  ---------------      -----------------      ---------------       ----------------
                                           WEIGHTED              WEIGHTED              WEIGHTED              WEIGHTED
                                CARRYING   AVERAGE    CARRYING   AVERAGE    CARRYING    AVERAGE   CARRYING    AVERAGE
                                 VALUE       RATE      VALUE       RATE       VALUE      RATE       VALUE      RATE
                                 -----       ----      -----       ----       -----      ----       -----      ----
<S>                             <C>          <C>      <C>          <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>         <C>
HELD-TO-MATURITY:
   U.S. Government and
     agency obligations ......  $ 7,449      5.45%    $ 5,147      5.84%     $   --       -- %     $12,596     5.61%
   Collateralized mortgage                                                     
     obligations(1) ..........    1,043      5.88       1,005      4.89          --       --         2,048     5.39
                                  -----      ----       -----      ----        -----    -----        -----     ----
                                  8,492      5.50       6,152      5.68          --       --        14,644     5.58
                                  -----      ----       -----      ----        -----    -----       ------     ----
AVAILABLE FOR SALE:                                                            
   U.S. Government and                                                         
     agency obligations(1) ...    9,530      5.73       5,558      6.17          --       --        15,088     5.89
   Marketable equity                                                           
     security ................       44      3.03       --          --           --       --            44     3.03
                                     --      ----       -----      ----       ------    -----           --     ----
                                  9,574      5.72       5,558      6.17          --       --        15,132     5.88
                                  -----      ----       -----      ----       ------    -----      -------     ----     
       Total .................  $18,066      5.62%     11,710      5.91%      $  --       -- %     $29,776     5.73%
                                ========     ====      ======      ====       ======    =====      =======     ==== 
                                                                             
</TABLE>

__________
(1)  Fixed rate collateralized mortgage obligations are presented on a scheduled
     cash flow basis.  Variable rate U.S.  Government and agency obligations are
     presented on a repricing frequency basis.

SOURCES OF FUNDS

    Deposits  obtained  through the Bank's offices and automated teller machines
("ATM") have traditionally been the principal source of the Bank's funds for use
in lending,  investing and for other general business purposes.  At December 31,
1995, the Bank had a total of  approximately  2,713 demand deposit accounts with
an average  balance of  approximately  $4,593 each;  4,140  passbook,  statement
savings and NOW accounts with an average balance of  approximately  $5,421 each;
87 money market accounts with an average balance of approximately  $20,883 each,
and 3,395  certificates  of  deposit  with an average  balance of  approximately
$15,590 (including 45 certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more totalling $5.8
million).

    The Bank's office and service hours are  supplemented by the Bank's ATM card
service which facilitates  various deposit and/or withdrawal  transactions.  The
Bank's ATM card may be used in the "CIRRUS",  and "NYCE" ATM  networks,  and the
"Maestro"  point-of-sale ("POS") network.  These networks provide the Bank's ATM
cardholders with access to ATMs and POS machines  throughout  Rhode Island,  New
England, the United States and more than 34 foreign countries.

    The following  table sets forth the average  balances and average rates paid
on the Bank's deposits for the periods indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                          ------------------------
                                                1995                1994                 1993
                                                ----                ----                 ----
                                         AVERAGE   AVERAGE   AVERAGE    AVERAGE   AVERAGE    AVERAGE
                                         BALANCE     RATE    BALANCE     RATE     BALANCE     RATE
                                         -------     ----    -------     ----     -------     ----
                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                      <C>         <C>     <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>
Non-interest-bearing deposits:           $12,397             $12,791              $ 14,336
Interest bearing deposits:
   NOW and savings accounts               24,858     2.56%    30,618     2.60%      30,623    2.79%
   Money market accounts                   2,149     2.56      2,473     2.67        2,341    2.73
   Certificates of deposit under
     $100,000                             41,034     6.23     31,634     4.75       31,390    5.00
   Certificates of deposit over
     $100,000                              4,974     3.62      3,043     3.45        2,849    4.77
     --------                              -----               -----                 -----    
       Total                             $85,412             $80,559              $ 81,539
                                         =======             =======              ========
</TABLE>


                                       44


    Time  certificates  of deposit in  denominations  of  $100,000  or more,  at
December 31, 1995, had the following schedule of maturities:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              TIME REMAINING TO MATURITY                              AMOUNT
              --------------------------                              ------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                               <C>
Less than 3 months ...........................................       $   837
3 to 6 months ................................................           972
6 to 12 months ...............................................         1,481
More than 12 months ..........................................         2,551
                                                                       -----
   Total .....................................................       $ 5,841
                                                                     =======
</TABLE>

    Included in total  certificates  of deposit at December 31, 1995,  are $25.1
million which are variably rate priced (indexed to the three month yield on U.S.
Treasury Bills) and are subject to repricing on a quarterly basis.  Non-Interest
Bearing  Deposits  include $2.3  million of  municipal  accounts at December 31,
1995,  $2.2  million of which are accounts of the State of Rhode  Island.  These
municipal balances are considered highly volatile.

INDEBTEDNESS

    General. While the Bank has not traditionally placed significant reliance on
borrowings as a source of liquidity, it applied and was accepted, for membership
to the FHLB in 1995 in order to  provide  additional  sources of  liquidity  and
funding,  thereby  increasing  flexibility.  At December 31, 1995,  the Bank had
adequate liquidity available to respond to current liquidity demands.

    Senior Debenture. In connection with the Acquisition, the Company issued the
Senior  Debenture  to DEPCO to  assist in  financing  the  Acquisition.  See "--
Acquisition."  As of December  31,  1995,  the  remaining  balance of the Senior
Debenture was $2.85 million.  Under the terms of the Senior Debenture,  interest
begins to accrue on the third anniversary of the Senior Debenture and is payable
semiannually  thereafter.  The Senior  Debenture  bears  interest at the average
five-year Treasury rate (indexed rate) plus 1% until maturity and at the indexed
rate plus 4% during the extension period. A discount of $717,005 was recorded to
reduce the  carrying  value of the Senior  Debenture  at the date of issuance in
recognition of its favorable  interest  terms.  This discount is being amortized
over the initial  term of the Senior  Debenture on the level yield method at 7%.
The Senior  Debenture  is  scheduled  to mature on May 31,  1999;  however,  the
Company may, at its option,  extend the maturity date to May 1, 2002,  for up to
one-half of the then outstanding principal balance. See "-- Lending Activities,"
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations"  and  "Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements"  for  further
information.

COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACT

    The Bank is committed to serving the banking needs of the entire  community,
including low and moderate income areas  consistent  with its obligations  under
the Community  Reinvestment  Act. See  "Regulation  and Supervision -- Community
Reinvestment  Act." There are several ways in which the Bank attempts to fulfill
this  commitment,   including  working  with  economic   development   agencies,
undertaking special projects,  and becoming involved with neighborhood  outreach
programs.  The Bank has  undertaken  as part of its mission to contribute to the
economic and social  development of the  communities  in which it operates.  The
Bank believes that its contribution is to deliver competitive  services that are
responsive to the needs of its  employees,  customers,  shareholders,  and local
communities.  At its last  CRA-compliance  examination,  the  Bank  was  given a
"satisfactory"  ranking which is the second  highest rating of the four assigned
by the FDIC.

    In  addition  to  memberships  and  directorships  in  a  number  of  civic,
charitable  and  not-for-profit  organizations,  the  Bank  seeks  to meet  with
specific  community-based  groups which may provide  insight into the credit and
housing needs of the local community. The Bank has had periodic discussions with
officials  from the  Providence  Plan  Housing  Corporation  and the  Providence
Community Action

                                       45


Program. These groups are primarily concerned with developing affordable housing
opportunities  within the City of Providence.  The Bank has focused on the small
business lending needs of the Southeast Asian Community,  specifically, the need
for  technical   assistance  in  developing  business  plans  and  requests  for
financing.  Additionally,  the Bank's  community  outreach  efforts  rely on the
calling  activities  of the Bank's  loan  officers  and branch  managers.  These
individuals  periodically  contact the area's  underserved  small  businesses to
promote the Bank's services and to gain a better understanding of their business
needs.  To a lesser  extent,  loan officers  have  contacted  local  realtors to
ascertain  community  credit  needs and to inform  the  realtors  of the  Bank's
residential  mortgage and referral  program.  Loan officers are also members of,
and routinely contact the Providence and surrounding area's respective  Chambers
of Commerce.

    The Bank has  identified  two primary  needs within its  communities:  small
business  loans  with  reduced  documentation  requirements  and  unconventional
mortgage products with flexible  underwriting  guidelines.  To address the small
business  lending  demand,  the  Bank  participates  in the SBA  loan  programs;
specifically,  the 7A and 504 programs, as well as the SBA's Low Doc program. In
response to the need for unconventional mortgage products,  during 1994 and 1995
the Bank allocated and subsequently  used  approximately $5 million  exclusively
for the origination of fixed rate,  long-term  loans with flexible  underwriting
guidelines.

PROPERTIES

    The Bank delivers its products and services through its three branch network
system.  The  Bank  owns its  main  office  building  which  is  located  at 180
Washington  Street,  Providence,  Rhode  Island.  This  location  consists  of a
two-story  masonry and steel frame building  containing (with basement  storage)
approximately  6,800 square feet of space.  The ground floor of this building is
used for retail banking as the Providence branch. Attached to this building is a
two lane  drive-up  facility,  the only  drive-up  facility  located in downtown
Providence.  The building  also houses a built-in  ATM. The second floor of this
location is used predominately for executive,  administrative, and support staff
office  space.  This building is located on two lots which are owned by the Bank
and which have a total area of approximately 10,000 square feet. This land space
is also used for  customer  parking and access and egress  through the  drive-up
facility.  The Bank also owns an adjacent lot of approximately 3,300 square feet
which is used solely as employee parking.

    In 1981,  the Bank leased and opened a branch office  building at the corner
of Park and Reservoir Avenues,  Cranston,  Rhode Island.  This one-story masonry
and steel frame  building  (including the lower level) has  approximately  7,400
square feet space.  The ground  floor of this  location  contains  the  Cranston
branch, the Bank's largest branch as measured by deposits. The building also has
a three lane drive-up facility and an ATM. The basement of this building is used
predominately  by the Operations  Department  along with several  administrative
offices.  The building is situated on approximately 21,000 square feet of leased
land.  The  lease  has an  original  noncancellable  term of 15 years  with four
successive renewal options, each for an additional five years ending in the year
2009.  The Bank is  presently in the second of the four  renewal  options  which
expires in the year 1999. Upon the expiration of the lease in the year 2009, the
Bank will have the right to renew the lease upon the same terms and  conditions,
except  for the term  and  annual  rent to be paid  thereunder  which  are to be
determined by mutual  agreement or, if not so determined,  by  arbitration.  See
"Notes to Consolidated  Financial  Statements" for further information.  In late
1994 the Bank  acquired an adjacent  parcel of land,  which  approximates  4,700
square  feet,  for use as expanded  customer  parking and access to the facility
from  Reservoir  Avenue.  The Bank also owns land  across the  street  from this
building. This land, with total area of approximately 3,300 square feet, is used
solely for employee parking.

    As part of the  Acquisition,  the Bank  purchased the former credit  union's
land and building and reopened the facility as the Bank's Wyoming branch at 1168
Main  Street,  Richmond,  Rhode  Island.  The facility is located in the Wyoming
section in the Town of  Richmond.  The two story wood frame  building has nearly
6,500 square feet space  (exclusive of unfinished  basement area) on a land area
of approximately  40,400 square feet. The branch location has a built-in ATM and
a two lane drive-up facility.


                                       46


LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

    The  Company is  involved  in routine  legal  proceedings  occurring  in the
ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management,  final disposition of
these  lawsuits  will  not  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  financial
condition or results of operations of the Company.

COMPETITION

    In attracting  deposits and making loans,  the Bank  encounters  competition
from other institutions, including larger downtown Providence and suburban-based
commercial banking organizations,  savings banks, credit unions, other financial
institutions and non-bank  financial service companies serving Rhode Island. The
principal  methods of  competition  include  the level of loan  interest  rates,
interest rates paid on deposits,  efforts to obtain deposits,  range of services
provided and the quality of these services.  These  competitors  include several
major financial  companies whose greater resources may afford them a marketplace
advantage by enabling  them to maintain  numerous  banking  locations  and mount
extensive   promotional  and  advertising   campaigns.   See  "Risk  Factors  --
Competition."

EMPLOYEES

    As of December  31,  1995,  the Company had 38  full-time  and 10  part-time
employees.  The  Company's  employees  are  not  represented  by any  collective
bargaining unit, and the Company  believes its employee  relations are good. The
Company  maintains a benefit  program  which  includes  health  insurance,  life
insurance, and a defined benefit pension plan.


                                       47


                        REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

    Banks  and bank  holding  companies  are  subject  to  extensive  government
regulation  through Federal and state statutes and regulations which are subject
to changes that may have  significant  impact on the way in which such  entities
may conduct  business.  The likelihood and potential effects of any such changes
cannot be  predicted.  Legislation  enacted  in recent  years has  substantially
increased the level of competition among commercial banks,  thrift  institutions
and nonbanking  institutions,  including insurance  companies,  brokerage firms,
mutual funds,  investment banks and major retailers.  In addition, the enactment
of recent banking  legislation such as the FDICIA and the Interstate Banking Act
have  affected  the banking  industry  by, among other  things,  broadening  the
regulatory  powers  of the  federal  banking  agencies  in a number of areas and
enabling banks and bank holding companies to expand the geographic area in which
they may provide  banking  services.  The following  summary is qualified in its
entirety by the text of the relevant statutes and regulations.

THE COMPANY

    General.  The Company,  as a bank holding company,  is subject to regulation
and  supervision  by the  Board  of  Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve  System
("Federal  Reserve  Board")  and by the  Rhode  Island  Department  of  Business
Regulation,  Division  of  Banking  (the  "Banking  Division").  The  Company is
required to file  semiannually and annually a report of its operations with, and
is subject to examination by, the Federal Reserve Board.

    BHCA --  Activities  and Other  Limitations.  The Bank  Holding  Company Act
("BHCA")  prohibits a bank  holding  company from  acquiring  direct or indirect
ownership  or  control  of more than 5% of the  voting  shares of any bank,  or,
except where a majority of shares are already owned,  increasing  such ownership
or control of any bank, without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. The
BHCA also  generally  prohibits a bank holding  company from  acquiring any bank
located outside of the state in which the existing bank subsidiaries of the bank
holding company are located unless  specifically  authorized by applicable state
law.  However,  the Interstate  Banking Act provides  that,  among other things,
substantially all state law barriers to the acquisition of banks by out-of-state
bank holding  companies will be eliminated.  The law will also permit interstate
branching  by banks  effective  as of June 1, 1997,  subject  to the  ability of
states  to  opt-out  completely  or  set an  earlier  effective  date.  See " --
Interstate  Banking  Legislation."  No  approval  under  the  BHCA is  required,
however,  for a bank holding  company  already owning or controlling  50% of the
voting shares of a bank to acquire additional shares of such bank.

    The BHCA also  prohibits a bank holding  company,  with certain  exceptions,
from  acquiring  more than 5% of the voting  shares of any company that is not a
bank and from  engaging  in any  business  other  than  banking or  managing  or
controlling  banks.  Under the BHCA, the Federal  Reserve Board is authorized to
approve the  ownership of shares by a bank holding  company in any company,  the
activities of which the Federal  Reserve  Board has  determined to be so closely
related  to  banking  or to  managing  or  controlling  banks  as to be a proper
incident thereto.  In making such  determinations,  the Federal Reserve Board is
required  to  weigh  the  expected  benefit  to the  public,  including  greater
convenience,  increased competition or gains in efficiency, against the possible
adverse effects, including undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair
competition, conflicts of interest or unsound banking practices.

    The  Federal  Reserve  Board  has  by  regulation  determined  that  certain
activities  are so closely  related to banking,  within the meaning of the BHCA,
that such activities are permissible by bank holding companies. These activities
include making or servicing loans such as would be made by a mortgage,  consumer
finance, credit card, or factoring company;  performing trust company functions;
performing  certain data processing  operations;  providing  limited  securities
brokerage services;  acting as an investment or financial advisor;  acting as an
insurance agent for certain types of credit-related insurance;  leasing personal
property on a  full-payout,  non-operating  basis;  providing  tax  planning and
preparation  services;  operating a collection  agency;  and  providing  certain
courier  services.  The Federal  Reserve Board also has determined  that certain
other  activities,   including  real  estate  brokerage  and


                                       48


syndication,  land  development,  property  management and  underwriting of life
insurance  not  related to credit  transactions,  are not so closely  related to
banking  and  bank  holding  companies  are  prohibited  from  engaging  in such
activities.

    Commitments to Affiliated Institutions.  Under Federal Reserve Board policy,
the Company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to the Bank and
to commit resources to support the Bank in circumstances when it might not do so
absent such policy.  The  legality and precise  scope of this policy is unclear,
however,  in light of Federal  judicial  precedent.  Apart  from its  ability to
contribute proceeds from the Public Offering,  the Company's ability to serve as
a source of strength to the Bank through the  contribution of capital is limited
at the present time.

    Limitations  of  Acquisitions  of Common Stock.  The federal  Change in Bank
Control Act prohibits a person or group of persons from acquiring "control" of a
bank holding  company  unless the Federal  Reserve Board has been given 60 days'
prior written  notice of such proposed  acquisition  and within that time period
the Federal  Reserve  Board has not issued a notice  disapproving  the  proposed
acquisition  or extending for up to another 30 days the period during which such
a disapproval  may be issued.  An acquisition may be made prior to expiration of
the disapproval period if the Federal Reserve Board issues written notice of its
intent not to disapprove the action. Under a rebuttable presumption  established
by the  Federal  Reserve  Board,  the  acquisition  of 10% or more of a class of
voting stock of a bank holding  company  with a class of  securities  registered
under Section 12 of the Exchange Act would, under the circumstances set forth in
the presumption, constitute the acquisition of control.

    Notwithstanding  the above,  any  "company"  would be required to obtain the
approval of the Federal Reserve Board under the BHCA before acquiring 25% (5% in
the  case  of an  acquirer  that  is a bank  holding  company)  or  more  of the
outstanding  common  stock of,  or such  lesser  number of shares as  constitute
control over, the Company.  Such approval would be contingent  upon, among other
things,  the acquirer  registering  as a bank holding  company if not already so
registered,  divesting all impermissible holdings and ceasing any activities not
permissible for a bank holding company.

    The Company will not be required to issue shares of Common Stock pursuant to
the  Public  Offering  to  anyone  who,  in  the  Company's  sole  judgment  and
discretion,  is required to obtain prior clearance,  approval or  nondisapproval
from any state or federal  bank  regulatory  authority  to own or  control  such
shares unless, prior to the completion of the Public Offering,  evidence of such
clearance, approval or nondisapproval has been provided to the Company.

    Rhode  Island  Law.  Rhode  Island law  requires  the prior  approval of the
Banking  Division in order for a Rhode  Island bank or bank  holding  company to
acquire  5% or more  of the  voting  stock,  or  merge  or  consolidate  with an
out-of-state  bank or bank holding company.  In examining the  transaction,  the
Banking  Division must determine  whether the transaction is permitted under the
law of the  state  of the  out-of-state  bank  or  bank  holding  company  under
conditions not substantially more restrictive than those imposed by Rhode Island
law. In determining  whether to approve the  transaction,  the Banking  Division
must determine  whether the transaction is in the public interest,  will promote
the  safety  and  soundness  of the Rhode  Island  institution  and needs of the
communities served thereby, and will serve the needs of the state generally.  In
addition, a merger requires the prior approval of two-thirds of the shareholders
of the  Rhode  Island  bank  and  such  percentage  of the  shareholders  of the
out-of-state bank as required by the laws of such state.

    Under Rhode Island law, subject to the approval of the Banking Division,  an
out-of-state bank or bank holding company may acquire direct or indirect control
of more than 5% of the  voting  stock or merge or  consolidate  with or  acquire
substantially  all of the assets and  liabilities of a Rhode Island bank or bank
holding  company  provided that the laws of the state in which the  out-of-state
bank  is  located,  or in  which  operations  of  the  bank  subsidiaries  of an
out-of-state   bank  holding  company  are  principally   conducted,   expressly
authorize,  as  determined  by the Banking  Division,  under  conditions no more
restrictive than those imposed by the laws of Rhode Island, the acquisition by a
Rhode  Island  bank or bank  holding  company of 5% of the  voting  stock or the
merger or  consolidation  with or  acquisition  of all of the assets of banks or
bank holding companies located in that state.


                                       49


    Additionally,  under Rhode  Island  law, no "person"  may acquire 25% of the
voting stock, or such lesser number of shares as constitutes control, of a Rhode
Island  depository  institution  without  the  prior  approval  of  the  Banking
Division.

    Dividends.  The Company is a legal entity  separate  and  distinct  from the
Bank.  The revenues of the Company (on a parent  company only basis) are derived
primarily from interest and dividends paid to the Company by the Bank. The right
of the Company,  and consequently the right of creditors and stockholders of the
Company,  to  participate in any  distribution  of the assets or earnings of any
subsidiary  through the payment of such  dividends or  otherwise is  necessarily
subject  to  the  prior  claims  of  creditors  of  the  subsidiary   (including
depositors,  in the case of banking  subsidiaries),  except to the  extent  that
certain claims of the Company in a creditor capacity may be recognized.

    It is the policy of the FDIC and the  Federal  Reserve  Board that banks and
bank holding companies,  respectively,  should pay dividends only out of current
earnings  and only if after  paying  such  dividends,  the bank or bank  holding
company would remain  adequately  capitalized.  Federal banking  regulators also
have  authority  to  prohibit  banks  and bank  holding  companies  from  paying
dividends  if they deem such  payment  to be an unsafe or unsound  practice.  In
addition,  it is the position of the Federal  Reserve  Board that a bank holding
company is expected to act as a source of financial  strength to its  subsidiary
banks.

    Various  federal and state laws,  regulations and policies limit the ability
of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company. The payment of any future dividends
by the Bank will be  determined  based on a number  of  factors,  including  the
Bank's  liquidity,  asset quality profile,  capital adequacy and recent earnings
history.  For a  discussion  of the policy of the  Company  with  respect to the
payment of dividends, see "DIVIDEND POLICY."

    Under Rhode Island law, the board of directors  has the power to declare and
pay dividends in cash,  property or securities of a corporation unless: (a) such
corporation  is or would be thereby made  insolvent;  or (b) the  declaration or
payment of such dividend would be contrary to any restrictions  contained in the
charter. Rhode Island law further provides that no distribution may be made: (i)
if the  corporation  would become  unable to pay its debts as they become due in
the usual course of business;  or (ii) the  corporation's  total assets would be
less than the sum of its liabilities,  unless the charter permits otherwise, the
amount that would be needed, if the corporation were to be dissolved at the time
of the  distribution,  to satisfy the  preferential  rights upon  dissolution of
shareholders  whose  preferential  rights are  superior to those  receiving  the
distribution.

    Certain  Transactions by Bank Holding Companies and Their Affiliates.  There
are various legal  restrictions  on the extent to which bank holding  companies,
such as the Company, and their non-bank  subsidiaries may borrow,  obtain credit
from or otherwise engage in "covered transactions" with their insured depository
institution  subsidiaries,  such as the Bank.  Such borrowings and other covered
transactions  by  an  insured   depository   institution   subsidiary  (and  its
subsidiaries) with its non-depository  institution affiliates are limited to the
following  amounts:  (a) in the case of any one such  affiliate,  the  aggregate
amount of covered  transactions  of the insured  depository  institution and its
subsidiaries  cannot  exceed 10% of the capital stock and surplus of the insured
depository  institution;  and (b) in the case of all  affiliates,  the aggregate
amount of covered  transactions  of the insured  depository  institution and its
subsidiaries  cannot  exceed 20% of the capital stock and surplus of the insured
depository institution.  "Covered transactions" are defined by statute for these
purposes to include a loan or extension of credit to an affiliate, a purchase of
or investment in securities issued by an affiliate, a purchase of assets from an
affiliate  unless  exempted by the Federal  Reserve  Board,  the  acceptance  of
securities  issued by an  affiliate  as  collateral  for a loan or  extension of
credit to any person or company,  or the issuance of a guarantee,  acceptance or
letter  of  credit on behalf  of an  affiliate.  Covered  transactions  are also
subject to certain  collateral  security  requirements.  Further, a bank holding
company and its  subsidiaries  are  prohibited  from  engaging in certain  tying
arrangements  in  connection  with any  extension  of  credit,  lease or sale of
property of any kind, or furnishing of any service.


                                       50


THE SUBSIDIARY BANK

    General.  The Bank is subject to extensive regulation and examination by the
Banking  Division  and by the FDIC,  which  insures its  deposits to the maximum
extent permitted by law, and to certain requirements  established by the Federal
Reserve Board.  The federal and state laws and regulations  which are applicable
to banks  regulate,  among  other  things,  the scope of their  business,  their
investments,  their reserves against deposits, the timing of the availability of
deposited funds and the nature and amount of, and collateral for, certain loans.
The prior approval of the FDIC and the Banking Division is required for the Bank
to establish or relocate an additional branch office, assume deposits, or engage
in any merger,  consolidation or purchase or sale of all or substantially all of
the  assets  of any  bank or  savings  association.  The  laws  and  regulations
governing the Bank generally have been promulgated to protect depositors and not
for the purpose of protecting stockholders.

    Examinations  and Supervision.  The FDIC and the Banking Division  regularly
examine the operations of the Bank, including (but not limited to) their capital
adequacy,  reserves, loans, investments,  earnings,  liquidity,  compliance with
laws and regulations, record of performance under the Community Reinvestment Act
(see  below) and  management  practices.  In  addition,  the Bank is required to
furnish  quarterly  and annual  reports of income and  condition to the FDIC and
periodic reports to the Banking Division.  The enforcement authority of the FDIC
includes  the  power  to  impose  civil  money  penalties,  terminate  insurance
coverage,  remove officers and directors and issue cease-  and-desist  orders to
prevent  unsafe or unsound  practices or  violations of law or  regulations.  In
addition,  under recent federal banking  legislation,  the FDIC has authority to
impose  additional  restrictions and requirements  with respect to banks that do
not satisfy  applicable  regulatory capital  requirements.  See "-- 1991 Banking
Legislation -- Prompt Corrective Action."

    Dividends  and  Affiliate  Transactions.  The  Bank is  subject  to  certain
restrictions on loans to the Company,  on investments in the stock or securities
thereof,  on the taking of stock or securities  as  collateral  for loans to any
borrower,  and on the  issuance of a guarantee  or letter of credit on behalf of
the Company.  The Bank also is subject to certain  restrictions on most types of
transactions with the Company,  requiring that the terms of such transactions be
substantially  equivalent to terms of similar  transactions with non-affiliates.
In addition,  there are various  limitations on the distribution of dividends to
the Company by the Bank. See "Dividend Policy."

CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

    The FDIC has  established  guidelines  with  respect to the  maintenance  of
appropriate levels of capital by FDIC-insured banks. At such time, if ever, that
the Company exceeds $150 million in consolidated  assets or either:  (i) engages
in  any  non-bank  activity  involving  significant  leverage;  or  (ii)  has  a
significant  amount of outstanding  debt that is held by the general public,  it
will become  subject to various  capital  adequacy  requirements  of the Federal
Reserve Board  applicable to all such bank holding  companies.  Until such time,
the Federal Reserve Board applies the following guidelines on a bank only basis.
The Federal Reserve Board has adopted  substantially  identical capital adequacy
guidelines  pursuant to which it assesses  the  adequacy of capital in examining
and supervising a bank holding company and in analyzing applications to it under
the BHCA.  If a banking  organization's  capital  levels  fall below the minimum
requirements established by such guidelines, a bank or bank holding company will
be  expected  to develop  and  implement  a plan  acceptable  to the FDIC or the
Federal  Reserve  Board,  respectively,  to achieve  adequate  levels of capital
within a reasonable  period,  and may be denied approval to acquire or establish
additional banks or non-bank  businesses,  merge with other institutions or open
branch  facilities  until such capital  levels are  achieved.  Recently  enacted
federal legislation  requires federal bank regulators to take "prompt corrective
action" with  respect to insured  depository  institutions  that fail to satisfy
minimum  capital  requirements  and  imposes  significant  restrictions  on such
institutions. See "-- 1991 Banking Legislation -- Prompt Corrective Action."

    The  guidelines  generally  require  banks  and bank  holding  companies  to
maintain at least half of its total capital comprised of common equity, retained
earnings and a limited amount of perpetual preferred stock, less goodwill ("Tier
I  Capital").  Additionally,  these  guidelines  require  banks and bank holding


                                       51


companies  to maintain a ratio of Tier I Capital to  risk-weighted  assets of at
least four (4%) percent and a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted  assets of
at least eight (8%) percent ("Total Risk-Based  Capital Ratio").  Hybrid capital
instruments,  perpetual  preferred stock which is not eligible to be included as
Tier I Capital,  term  subordinated debt and  intermediate-term  preferred stock
and,  subject to limitations,  general  allowances for loan losses,  is known as
"Tier 2  Capital."  The sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 Capital  is  "Total  Risk-Based
Capital."  Assets are  adjusted  under the  risk-based  guidelines  to take into
account  different risk  characteristics,  with the  categories  ranging from 0%
(requiring no additional capital), for assets such as cash, to 100% for the bulk
of  assets  which  are  typically  held  by a bank  holding  company,  including
multi-family  residential and commercial real estate loans,  commercial business
loans and consumer loans.  Single-family  residential first mortgage loans which
are not either 90 days or more  past-due or  non-performing  and which have been
made in accordance with prudent underwriting  standards are assigned a 50% level
in the  risk-weighting  system, as are certain privately issued  mortgage-backed
securities  representing  indirect  ownership of such loans.  Off-balance  sheet
items also are adjusted to take into account certain risk characteristics.

    In addition to the  risk-based  capital  requirements,  the Federal  Reserve
Board  requires bank holding  companies to maintain a minimum  leverage  capital
ratio of Tier I Capital to total  assets of 3.0% (the  "Tier I Leverage  Capital
Ratio").  Total assets for this purpose does not include  goodwill and any other
intangible  assets and  investments  that the Federal  Reserve Board  determines
should be deducted from Tier I Capital.  The Federal Reserve Board has announced
that the 3.0% Tier I Leverage  Capital Ratio  requirement is the minimum for the
top-rated  bank  holding  companies   without  any  supervisory,   financial  or
operational  weaknesses or deficiencies  or those which are not  experiencing or
anticipating  significant  growth.  A bank holding company  operating at or near
such  level  is  expected  to have  well-diversified  risk,  including  no undue
interest-rate  risk exposure;  excellent  asset  quality;  high  liquidity;  and
adequate earnings;  and in general be considered a strong banking  organization,
rated  composite 1 under the BOPEC  rating  system for bank  holding  companies.
Organizations  not meeting these  characteristics,  as well as institutions with
supervisory, financial, or operational weaknesses, are required to operate above
minimum   capital   standards.   Organizations   experiencing   or  anticipating
significant  growth  also are  required to maintain  capital  ratios,  including
tangible capital positions, above the minimum levels. Thus, for all but the most
highly rated  organizations  meeting the conditions set forth above, the minimum
Tier I Leverage  Capital Ratio is 3% plus an additional  cushion of at least 100
to 200 basis points.  In all cases,  bank holding companies are required to hold
capital  commensurate  with the level and  nature of all  risks,  including  the
volume and severity of problem loans, to which they are exposed. For purposes of
the  Leverage  Capital  Ratio,  Tier 1 Capital  is defined  consistent  with the
Risk-Based  Capital  Guidelines.  As in  the  case  of  the  Risk-Based  Capital
Guidelines, the Leverage Capital Ratio, as applied by the Federal Reserve Board,
applies only to bank holding  companies  with  consolidated  assets in excess of
$150  million  or  either  (i)  engaged  in  any  non-bank  activity   involving
significant  leverage;  or (ii) having a significant  amount of outstanding debt
that is held by the general public.  However, as is the case with the Risk-Based
Capital Guidelines, the Federal Reserve Board applies these guidelines on a bank
only basis.  Other bank holding  companies  will be expected to maintain  Tier I
Leverage  Capital  Ratios of at least 4.0% to 5.0% or more,  depending  on their
overall condition.

    The Company  currently is in  compliance  with the  above-described  Federal
Reserve Board regulatory capital requirements. At December 31, 1995, the Company
had a Tier I Risk-Based Capital Ratio and a Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio equal
to 10.20% and 11.46%, respectively, and a Tier I Leverage Capital Ratio equal to
6.87%.

    The FDIC has  established  a minimum  3.0%  Tier I  Leverage  Capital  Ratio
requirement for the most highly-rated,  state-chartered,  non-member banks, with
an  additional  cushion  of at  least  100 to 200  basis  points  for all  other
state-chartered,  non-member banks,  which effectively will increase the minimum
Tier I  Leverage  Capital  Ratio for such  other  banks to 4.0% to 5.0% or more.
Under  the  FDIC's  regulation,  highest-rated  banks  are  those  that the FDIC
determines are not anticipating or experiencing significant growth and have well
diversified  risk,  including no undue  interest rate risk  exposure,  excellent
asset  quality,  high  liquidity,  good  earnings  and,  in  general,  which are
considered  strong banking  organizations,  rated  Composite 1 under the Uniform
Financial Institutions Rating System. A


                                       52


bank having less than the minimum leverage capital  requirement shall, within 60
days of the date as of which it fails to comply with such requirement, submit to
its FDIC regional  director for review and approval a reasonable plan describing
the  means and  timing by which the bank  shall  achieve  its  minimum  leverage
capital  requirement.  A bank  which  fails to file  such  plan with the FDIC is
deemed to be operating in an unsafe and unsound  manner,  and could  subject the
bank to a  cease-and-desist  order from the FDIC. The FDIC's amended  regulation
also provides  that any insured  depository  institution  with a ratio of Tier I
Capital to total  assets that is less than 2.0% is deemed to be  operating in an
unsafe or unsound  condition  pursuant to Section  8(a) of the  Federal  Deposit
Insurance  Act (the "FDIA") and is subject to potential  termination  of deposit
insurance.  However,  such an institution  will not be subject to an enforcement
proceeding  thereunder solely on account of its capital ratios if it has entered
into and is in compliance with a written agreement with the FDIC to increase its
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio to such level as the FDIC deems appropriate and to
take such other action as may be necessary for the institution to be operated in
a safe and sound manner. The FDIC capital regulation also provides,  among other
things,  for the issuance by the FDIC or its designee(s) of a capital directive,
which is a final order issued to a bank that fails to maintain  minimum  capital
to restore its  capital to the minimum  leverage  capital  requirement  within a
specified  time period.  Such  directive is  enforceable in the same manner as a
final cease-and-desist order.

    At December 31, 1995,  the Bank was in compliance  with all minimum  federal
regulatory capital  requirements which are generally  applicable to FDIC-insured
banks.  As of such date, the Bank had Tier I Risk-Based  Capital Ratio and Total
Risk-Based  Capital Ratio equal to 15.02% and 16.26%,  respectively,  and Tier I
Leverage Capital Ratio equal to 10.17%.

    Effective January 17, 1995, the federal banking agencies adopted  amendments
to their risk-based capital standards to provide for the concentration of credit
risk and certain  risks  arising from  nontraditional  activities,  as well as a
bank's ability to manage these risks, as important factors in assessing a bank's
overall capital adequacy.

1991 BANKING LEGISLATION

    General.  On December 19, 1991, the FDICIA was enacted.  FDICIA  extensively
revised the regulatory and funding  provisions of the FDIA and made revisions to
several  banking  statutes.  In addition,  there has been  certain  other recent
banking legislation. Certain of these changes are summarized below.

    Risk Based Deposit Insurance  Assessments.  FDICIA provides for, among other
things, increased funding for the Bank Insurance Fund (the "BIF"). A significant
portion of the additional  funding to the BIF is in the form of borrowings to be
repaid by  insurance  premiums  assessed on BIF  members.  FDICIA also  provides
authority  for  special   assessments  against  insured  deposits  and  for  the
development of a general  risk-based  assessment system. The FDIC originally set
assessment  rates for  BIF-insured  institutions  ranging from 0.23% to 0.31% of
deposits, based on a risk assessment of the institution.

    Each  financial  institution  is assigned to one of three capital  groups --
"well  capitalized",  "adequately  capitalized"  or  "undercapitalized"  --  and
further  assigned to one of three  subgroups  within each capital group,  on the
basis of supervisory evaluations,  the institution's financial condition and the
risk posed to the applicable  insurance fund. A well capitalized  institution is
one  that  has a  Total  Risk-Based  Capital  Ratio  of  10% or  more,  a Tier I
Risk-Based  Capital Ratio of 6% or more, and a Tier I Leverage  Capital Ratio of
5% or more. An adequately capitalized institution has a Total Risk-Based Capital
Ratio of 8% or more, a Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 4% or more, and a Tier
I  Leverage   Capital  Ratio  of  4%  or  more,   but  does  not  qualify  as  a
well-capitalized  institution. An undercapitalized  institution is one that does
not meet  either  of the  foregoing  definitions.  The  actual  assessment  rate
applicable to a particular institution, therefore, depends in part upon the risk
assessment classification so assigned to the institution by the FDIC.

    Under the FDIC rule implementing the new risk-based system, an institution's
deposit insurance  assessment rate is determined by assigning the institution to
a capital category and a supervisory subgroup to determine which one of the nine
risk classification  categories is applicable,  in substantially 


                                       53


the same manner as for the  transitional  system  discussed  above.  The FDIC is
authorized to raise the assessment rates in certain  circumstances.  If the FDIC
determines to increase the assessment rates for all  institutions,  institutions
in all risk categories could be affected.  The FDIC has exercised this authority
several  times in the past and may raise  BIF  insurance  premiums  again in the
future.  If such action is taken by the FDIC, it could have an adverse effect on
the earnings of the Company and the Bank,  the extent of which is not  currently
quantifiable.

    On August 8, 1995, in view of the  successful  recapitalization  of the BIF,
the FDIC lowered the assessment rate schedule for BIF-insured  institutions from
a range of 0.23% to 0.31% of  domestic  deposits to a range of 0.04% to 0.31% of
domestic deposits, with intermediate rates of 0.07%, 0.14%, 0.21% and 0.28%. The
FDIC estimated that  approximately 90% of BIF-insured  institutions  qualify for
the lowest rate of 0.04%.  This  reduction in the  assessment  rate schedule was
made  retroactive  to June 1,  1995  (the FDIC  having  determined  that the BIF
achieved the statutorily-required reserve ratio of 1.25% on May 31, 1995, and on
September 15, 1995, the FDIC paid refunds  (reflecting the new rate schedule) to
banks which  overpaid  the BIF  assessments  for the period June 1, 1995 through
September 30, 1995. The Bank received a refund of $39,000.

    On November 14, 1995,  the FDIC again lowered the  assessment  rate schedule
for BIF-insured  institutions,  effective for the semiannual  assessment  period
beginning  January 1, 1996, from a range of 0.04% to 0.31% of domestic  deposits
to a range of the statutory annual minimum  assessment of $2,000 per institution
(regardless of size) to 0.27% of domestic  deposits,  with intermediate rates of
0.03%,  0.10%,  0.17% and 0.24%.  The FDIC indicated that it took this action in
view of the historically high reserve ratio of the BIF  (approximately  1.30% of
insured deposits), the general health of the banking industry, the low projected
losses to the BIF, and the strength of the economy.  The FDIC has estimated that
approximately  92% of  BIF-insured  institutions  will  qualify  for the minimum
annual assessment of $2,000, and the Bank,  effective January 1, 1996, qualified
for the minimum annual  assessment under this new assessment rate schedule.  The
new  assessment  rate  schedule  does  not  reflect  the  possible  impact  upon
assessment rates of the proposed legislation to recapitalize the SAIF, discussed
below.

    Although  the BIF has now  been  capitalized,  the  SAIF  remains  seriously
undercapitalized,  and the  Congress is  currently  considering  legislation  to
recapitalize  the SAIF.  Although  the  passage of some form of  legislation  to
recapitalize  the SAIF appears  likely in the near future,  the ultimate form of
such  legislation,  including  the timing and amounts of any payments to be made
thereunder  by  BIF-insured  institutions,  and  the  effect  (if  any)  of such
legislation  on possible  future losses of the BIF or the  insurance  assessment
rate schedule for BIF-insured institutions, can not be determined at this time.

    As of December 31, 1995, the Bank was classified as "well capitalized"
under these provisions. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial  Condition  and  Results Of  Operations  -- Results of  Operations  --
Non-Interest Expense."

    Prompt  Corrective  Action.  Under  Section 38 of the FDIA,  as added by the
FDICIA,  each federal banking agency is required to implement a system of prompt
corrective  action for  institutions  which it  regulates.  The federal  banking
agencies have  promulgated  substantially  similar  regulations to implement the
system of prompt corrective action  established by Section 38 of the FDIA, which
became effective on December 19, 1992.  Under the  regulations,  a bank shall be
deemed to be (i) "well  capitalized" if it has Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of
10.0% or more, has a Tier I Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 6.0% or more, has a Tier
I  Leverage  Capital  Ratio of 5.0% or more and is not  subject  to any  written
capital  order or directive;  (ii)  "adequately  capitalized"  if it has a Total
Risk-Based  Capital Ratio of 8.0% or more, a Tier I Risk- Based Capital Ratio of
4.0% or more and a Tier I Leverage  Capital  Ratio of 4.0% or more  (3.0%  under
certain  circumstances) and does not meet the definition of "well  capitalized,"
(iii) "undercapitalized" if it has a Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio that is less
than 8.0%, a Tier I Risk-Based  Capital Ratio that is less than 4.0% or a Tier I
Leverage   Capital   Ratio   that  is  less  than  4.0%  (3.0%   under   certain
circumstances),   (iv)  "significantly  undercapitalized"  if  it  has  a  Total
Risk-Based  Capital  Ratio that is less than 6.0%, a Tier I  Risk-Based  Capital
Ratio  that is less than 3.0% or a Tier I  Leverage  Capital  Ratio that is less
than 3.0%, and (v) "critically  undercapitalized"  if it has a ratio of tangible
equity to total  assets  that is equal to or less than  2.0%.  Section 38 of the
FDIA and the  regulations  also 


                                       54


specify circumstances under which a federal banking agency may reclassify a well
capitalized  institution as adequately capitalized and may require an adequately
capitalized  institution  or an  undercapitalized  institution  to  comply  with
supervisory  actions as if it were in the next lower  category  (except that the
FDIC  may  not  reclassify  a  significantly   undercapitalized  institution  as
critically undercapitalized).

    An institution  generally must file a written capital restoration plan which
meets specified  requirements with an appropriate  federal banking agency within
45 days of the date that the  institution  receives  notice or is deemed to have
notice that it is undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically
undercapitalized.  A federal  banking agency must provide the  institution  with
written  notice of  approval  or  disapproval  within 60 days after  receiving a
capital restoration plan, subject to extensions by the agency.

    An institution  which is required to submit a capital  restoration plan must
concurrently  submit a  performance  guaranty by each company that  controls the
institution. Such guaranty shall be limited to the lesser of (i) an amount equal
to 5.0% of the  institution's  total  assets  at the  time the  institution  was
notified  or  deemed to have  notice  that it was  undercapitalized  or (ii) the
amount  necessary at such time to restore the relevant  capital  measures of the
institution  to the levels  required for the  institution  to be  classified  as
adequately capitalized.  Such a guarantee shall expire after the federal banking
agency notifies the institution that it has remained adequately  capitalized for
each of four consecutive calendar quarters. An institution which fails to submit
a written capital  restoration plan within the requisite  period,  including any
required performance guarantee,  or fails in any material respect to implement a
capital  restoration plan, shall be subject to the restrictions in Section 38 of
the FDIA which are applicable to significantly undercapitalized institutions.

    A   "critically   undercapitalized   institution"   is  to  be   placed   in
conservatorship  or  receivership  within  90  days  unless  the  FDIC  formally
determines  that  forbearance  from such action would better protect the deposit
insurance fund. Unless the FDIC or other appropriate  federal banking regulatory
agency makes specific  further  findings and certifies  that the  institution is
viable and is not  expected to fail,  an  institution  that  remains  critically
undercapitalized on average during the fourth calendar quarter after the date it
becomes critically undercapitalized must be placed in receivership.

    Immediately  upon becoming  undercapitalized,  an  institution  shall become
subject to the provisions of Section 38 of the FDIA (i)  restricting  payment of
capital  distributions  and management fees, (ii) requiring that the appropriate
federal  banking agency monitor the condition of the institution and its efforts
to restore its capital,  (iii)  requiring  submission  of a capital  restoration
plan, (iv) restricting the growth of the institution's  assets and (v) requiring
prior approval of certain expansion  proposals.  The appropriate federal banking
agency  for  an  undercapitalized  institution  also  may  take  any  number  of
discretionary  supervisory  actions if the agency  determines  that any of these
actions is  necessary to resolve the  problems of the  institution  at the least
possible  long-term cost to the deposit insurance fund, subject in certain cases
to  specified  procedures.  These  discretionary  supervisory  actions  include:
requiring the institution to raise additional capital;  restricting transactions
with affiliates; restricting interest rates paid by the institution on deposits;
requiring  replacement of senior executive  officers and directors;  restricting
the activities of the institution and its affiliates;  requiring  divestiture of
the institution or the sale of the institution to a willing  purchaser;  and any
other supervisory action that the agency deems appropriate. These and additional
mandatory  and  permissive  supervisory  actions  may be taken  with  respect to
significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized institutions.

    Brokered  Deposits.  The FDIA  restricts  the use of  brokered  deposits  by
certain depository institutions.  Under the FDIA and applicable regulations, (i)
a "well  capitalized  insured  depository  institution"  may solicit and accept,
renew or roll over any brokered deposit without restriction, (ii) an "adequately
capitalized insured depository  institution" may not accept,  renew or roll over
any brokered deposit unless it has applied for and been granted a waiver of this
prohibition  by the  FDIC  and  (iii) an  "undercapitalized  insured  depository
institution" may not (x) accept,  renew or roll over any brokered deposit or (y)
solicit  deposits by offering an  effective  yield that  exceeds by more than 75
basis points the prevailing  effective  yields on insured deposits of comparable
maturity in such institution's normal market area or in the market area in which
such deposits are being solicited. The term


                                       55


"undercapitalized insured depository institution" is defined to mean any insured
depository  institution  that  fails  to meet  the  minimum  regulatory  capital
requirement  prescribed by its appropriate federal banking agency. The FDIC may,
on a  case-by-case  basis  and upon  application  by an  adequately  capitalized
insured depository institution,  waive the restriction on brokered deposits upon
a finding that the acceptance of brokered deposits does not constitute an unsafe
or unsound  practice with respect to such  institution.  Currently,  the Bank is
deemed to be a "well capitalized" insured depository institution for purposes of
the restrictions on the use of brokered deposits by such institutions.  The Bank
historically  has not relied upon brokered  deposits as a source of funding and,
at December 31, 1995, the Bank did not have any brokered deposits.

    Activities and Investments of Insured  State-Chartered  Banks. Section 24 of
the FDIA, as amended by the FDICIA,  generally  limits the activities and equity
investments of FDIC-insured, state-chartered banks to those that are permissible
for  national  banks.  Under the FDIC's  final  regulations  dealing with equity
investments,  an insured  state bank  generally  may not directly or  indirectly
acquire or retain any equity investment of a type, or in an amount,  that is not
permissible  for a national bank. An insured state bank is not prohibited  from,
among  other  things,  (i)  acquiring  or  retaining  a majority  interest  in a
subsidiary,  (ii)  investing  as a limited  partner  in a  partnership  the sole
purpose  of  which  is  direct  or  indirect   investment  in  the  acquisition,
rehabilitation or new construction of a qualified housing project, provided that
such limited partnership investments may not exceed 2% of a bank's total assets,
(iii)  acquiring up to 10% of the voting stock of a company that solely provides
or reinsures directors',  trustees',  and officers' liability insurance coverage
or  bankers'  blanket  bond group  insurance  coverage  for  insured  depository
institutions,  and (iv) acquiring or retaining the voting shares of a depository
institution if certain requirements are met.

    Safety and Soundness  Guidelines.  FDICIA also required the federal  banking
agencies to develop  regulations  for all insured  depository  institutions  and
depository  institution  holding  companies  prescribing  standards  relating to
internal  controls,  loan  documentation,  credit  underwriting,  interest  rate
exposure, asset growth, compensation,  and such other operational and managerial
standards as the banking agencies deem  appropriate.  The Community  Development
and  Regulatory  Improvement  Act of 1994 amended FDICIA by allowing the federal
banking agencies to publish guidelines rather than regulations concerning safety
and soundness.

    The  Federal   Reserve  Board  has  finalized  these  safety  and  soundness
guidelines.  These  guidelines  relate to the  management  policies of financial
institutions  and are  designed,  in large  part,  to  implement  the safety and
soundness criteria outlined in FDICIA.  These guidelines will be published after
the other federal bank regulatory  agencies have developed their guidelines.  At
this time, it is not known what effect the  applicable  guidelines  will have on
the current practices of the Bank.

    FDICIA  also  contains  a variety  of other  provisions  that may affect the
Bank's  respective  operations,  including  reporting  requirements,  regulatory
guidelines  for real  estate  lending,  "truth in savings"  provisions,  and the
requirement  that a  depository  institution  give  90  days'  prior  notice  to
customers and regulatory  authorities before closing any branch.  Certain of the
provisions  in FDICIA  have  recently  been or will be  implemented  through the
adoption of regulations by the various federal banking agencies and,  therefore,
their precise impact cannot be assessed at this time.

COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACT

    The Federal Community Reinvestment Act (the "CRA") requires the FDIC and the
Commissioner  to evaluate the Bank's  performance  in helping to meet the credit
needs of the  community.  The Bank  defines its CRA  marketplace  to include the
cities of Providence,  Cranston,  and the Richmond section of Rhode Island,  all
within the State of Rhode  Island.  This  definition is not intended to restrict
the availability of credit services  throughout the Bank's general service area,
but  represents a special  commitment  the Bank has made to  participate  in the
revitalization efforts of the community.  As a part of the CRA program, the Bank
is subject to periodic  examinations  by the FDIC and the State of Rhode Island,
and maintains  comprehensive records of its CRA activities for this purpose. The
FDIC conducts  examinations  of insured  institutions'  CRA compliance and rates
such institutions as "Outstanding,"


                                       56


"Satisfactory,"  "Needs to Improve" and "Substantial  Noncompliance."  As of its
last CRA examination,  the Bank received a rating of "Satisfactory."  Failure of
an  institution to receive at least a  "Satisfactory"  rating could inhibit such
institution's  undertaking certain activities,  including  acquisitions of other
financial institutions, which require regulatory approval based, in part, on CRA
compliance considerations.

    The Bank is  specifically  interested  in  making  financing  available  for
creditworthy  individuals and small  businesses in its defined lending area. The
Bank evaluates  credit  applications  without regard to race,  color,  religion,
national  origin,  gender,  marital  status  or age,  and does not  discriminate
against any loan  applicant  whose income may come  entirely or in part from any
public  assistance  program,  or against any applicant who has exercised in good
faith any right under the Consumer  Protection Act. The Bank has been designated
a  "certified  lender" by the SBA. As a result of this  designation,  the SBA is
contractually  obligated  to  respond  within  three  business  days to SBA loan
requests submitted by the Bank.

    The federal bank regulatory  agencies have jointly issued  amendments to the
regulations  implementing the CRA that will substantially revise the current CRA
framework  effective  January  1,  1996.  They rely more  than the  current  CRA
regulations  upon objective  criteria of the performance of  institutions  under
three key  assessment  tests:  a lending  test, a service test and an investment
test.

    The  amendments  to the  regulations  are not  expected  to have a  material
adverse  effect on operations of the Bank. For a discussion of the Company's and
the  Bank's  CRA-compliance  policy,  see  the  section  entitled  "BUSINESS  --
Community Reinvestment Act."

REGULATORY ENFORCEMENT AUTHORITY

    The Financial  Institutions  Reform,  Recovery,  and Enforcement Act of 1989
("FIRREA") included substantial  enhancement to the enforcement powers available
to federal banking regulators.  This enforcement authority includes, among other
things, the ability to assess civil money penalties,  to issue  cease-and-desist
or  removal  orders  and  to  initiate   injunctive   actions   against  banking
organizations and institution-affiliated  parties, as defined. In general, these
enforcement  actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and
unsafe or unsound  practices.  Other  actions or inactions may provide the basis
for  enforcement  action,  including  misleading or untimely  reports filed with
regulatory authorities. FIRREA significantly increased the amount of and grounds
for civil money  penalties  and requires,  except under  certain  circumstances,
public disclosure of final enforcement actions by the federal banking agencies.

INTERSTATE BANKING LEGISLATION

    On September 29, 1994 the  Interstate  Banking Act became law. Under the new
law,  different  types  of  interstate   transactions  and  activities  will  be
permitted,  each with different  effective  dates.  Interstate  transactions and
activities  provided  for under the new law include:  (i) bank  holding  company
acquisitions  of  separately  held banks in a state  other  than a bank  holding
company's  home state;  (ii) mergers  between  insured banks with different home
states,   including   consolidations   of  affiliated   insured   banks;   (iii)
establishment  of interstate  branches either de novo or by branch  acquisition;
and (iv)  affiliated  banks acting as agents for one another for certain banking
functions  without regard to state law  prohibitions on interstate  branching or
unauthorized  banking. In general,  nationwide interstate bank acquisitions will
be permissible  one year after the date of enactment,  irrespective of state law
limitations.  Interstate  mergers will be permissible on July 1, 1997,  unless a
state passes  legislation  either to prevent or to permit the earlier occurrence
of  interstate  mergers.  States  may at any time enact  legislation  permitting
interstate de novo branching.  Banks may act as agents for affiliated depository
institutions beginning within one year after enactment.

    Once  the  applicable  effective  date  has  occurred  (and,  in the case of
interstate  mergers  and de novo  branching,  subject  to  applicable  state law
"opt-out" or "opt-in"  provisions),  the appropriate  federal bank regulator may
approve the respective interstate transactions only if certain criteria are met.
First,

                                       57


in order for a banking  institution (a bank or bank holding  company) to receive
approval for an interstate transaction,  it must be "adequately capitalized" and
"adequately  managed." The phrase "adequately  capitalized" is generally defined
as meeting or exceeding all applicable  federal  regulatory  capital  standards,
while the phrase "adequately managed" is left undefined. Second, the appropriate
federal  bank  regulator  must  consider  the  applicant's  and  its  affiliated
institutions'  records  under the CRA, as well as the  applicant's  record under
applicable state community reinvestment laws.

    The new law applies deposit "concentration limits" to interstate acquisition
and merger  transactions.  Specifically,  a banking  institution may not receive
federal approval for interstate expansion if it and its affiliates would control
(i) more than 10% of the deposits held by all insured depository institutions in
the United States, or (ii) 30% or more of the deposits of all insured depository
institutions  in any  state  in which  the  banks or  branches  involved  in the
transactions (or any affiliated depository  institution) overlap. States may, by
statute, regulation or order, raise or lower the 30% limit. In addition, the new
law preempts certain existing state law restrictions on interstate banking (such
as regional  compacts and  reciprocity  requirements),  effective one year after
enactment.  However,  in order to receive  federal  approval  for an  interstate
merger or de novo  branching  transaction,  an applicant  still also must comply
with any non-discriminatory host state filing and other requirements.

    The foregoing references to laws and regulations which are applicable to the
Company  and the Bank are brief  summaries  thereof  which do not  purport to be
complete and which are qualified in their entirety by reference to such laws and
regulations.


                                       58


                                    TAXATION

    Federal  Taxation.  The  Company  and the Bank are subject to those rules of
federal income taxation generally  applicable to corporations under the Internal
Revenue  Code of  1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code").  The  Bank is  also,  under
Subchapter H of the Code, subject to certain special rules applicable to banking
institutions  as to securities,  reserves for loan losses,  and any common trust
funds.  The  Company  and  the  Bank,  as  members  of an  affiliated  group  of
corporations within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code, file a consolidated
federal income tax return,  which has the effect of eliminating or deferring the
tax consequences of inter-company  distributions,  including  dividends,  in the
computation of consolidated taxable income.

    In addition to regular corporate income tax,  corporations are subject to an
alternative  minimum tax which generally is equal to 20% of alternative  minimum
taxable income (taxable  income,  increased by tax preference items and adjusted
for certain  regular  tax  items).  The  preference  items  which are  generally
applicable  include  an  amount  equal  to 75% of the  amount  by which a bank's
adjusted current earnings (generally alternative minimum taxable income computed
without  regard to this  preference  and prior to  reduction  for net  operating
losses)  exceeds its  alternative  minimum taxable income without regard to this
preference. Alternative minimum tax paid can be credited against regular tax due
in later years.

    State Taxation. The State of Rhode Island imposes an excise tax on the Rhode
Island  income of banks at the rate of 9% percent.  In addition,  the Company is
subject to an income tax for those years in which the Company  generates taxable
income,  and a  franchise  tax for  those  years in which the  Company  does not
generate  taxable income.  Since the Company has never,  to date,  generated any
taxable income,  it has historically been subject to the franchise tax, which is
based upon the  Company's par value of  authorized  common stock.  For the above
taxes,  the definition of taxable income under Rhode Island law is substantially
similar to the definition of federal taxable income, except that interest income
on U.S.  Treasury  and certain U.S.  agency  obligations  are excluded  from the
definition of Rhode Island state income. In addition,  the Bank is not permitted
to carry net  operating  losses,  if any,  forward or back for Rhode  Island tax
purposes.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Results of Operations -- Income Taxes."


                                       59


                                   MANAGEMENT

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

    The Company Board is divided into three  classes.  One class is comprised of
three  directors  and two classes  are  comprised  of two  directors  each.  The
directors  of the  Company are  elected by the  shareholders  of the Company for
staggered three year terms, or until their successors are elected and qualified.
Currently,  the  members of the  Company  Board are also the members of the Bank
Board.  The  directors of the Bank are elected  annually for a term of one year.
The  executive  officers  of the Company and the Bank are elected by the Company
Board and Bank  Board,  respectively,  and hold office  until  their  respective
successors  have been  elected  and  qualified  or until  such  person's  death,
resignation or removal by the applicable Board.

    The  executive  officers  and  directors  of the Company and the Bank are as
follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              COMPANY BOARD
              NAME                  AGE(1)                     POSITION                       TERM EXPIRES
              ----                  ------                     --------                       ------------
<S>                                 <C>       <C>                                             <C>
Patrick J. Shanahan, Jr.(2) .......   51      President and Chief Executive Officer of the
                                                Company and Chairman of the Board, President
                                                and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank           1998
William A. Carroll ................   78      Chairman of the Board of the Company and
                                                Director of the Bank                              1997
John A. Macomber ..................   48      Treasurer of the Company and Vice
                                                President and Treasurer of the Bank               --
Raymond F. Bernardo ...............   78      Director of the Company and the Bank                1996
Joseph A. Keough ..................   54      Director of the Company and the Bank                1996
Peter L. Mathieu, Jr., M.D. .......   71      Director of the Company and the Bank                1996
Joseph V. Mega ....................   62      Director of the Company and the Bank                1998
William P. Shields ................   58      Director of the Company and the Bank                1997

</TABLE>

__________
(1)  As of December 31, 1995.

(2)  The terms of Mr.  Shanahan's  employment as President  and Chief  Executive
     Officer  are  governed  by an  employment  agreement.  See " --  Employment
     Agreement."


BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

    Patrick J.  Shanahan,  Jr.,  has  served as  President  and Chief  Executive
Officer of the Company  since 1980.  Mr.  Shanahan has served as Chairman of the
Board of  Directors  of the Bank since 1989 and  President  and Chief  Executive
Officer of the Bank since 1975.

    William A. Carroll,  has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of the
Company since 1980,  and as a Director of the Bank since 1976.  Mr.  Carroll has
served as President of Lorac Union Corp. since 1947.

    John A.  Macomber  has  served  as  Treasurer  of the  Company,  and as Vice
President and Treasurer of the Bank since 1992.  Mr.  Macomber  served as Senior
Vice President and Treasurer of Greater Providence Deposit Corporation from 1985
to 1992. Mr. Macomber is a certified public accountant.

    Raymond F. Bernardo has served as a Director of the Company since 1980,  and
as Director of the Bank from 1977.  Now retired,  Mr.  Bernardo  served as Chief
Executive Officer of K.G.R. Realty Co. since 1970 through 1995, and as President
and Chief  Executive  Officer of  Providence  Granite Co. Inc. from 1947 through
1983.


                                       60


    Joseph A. Keough has served as a Director of the Company since 1980,  and as
Director  of the Bank since  1977.  Mr.  Keough is an  attorney  with Keough and
Gearon,  a position he has held since 1970.  Mr. Keough has also served as Chief
Judge of the Pawtucket Municipal Court since 1980.

    Peter L.  Mathieu,  Jr.,  M.D. has served as a Director of the Company since
1980,  and  as  Director  of  the  Bank  since  1976.  Dr.  Mathieu  has  been a
Pediatrician,  Allergist,  Immunologist and  Endocrinologist in private practice
since 1950.

    Joseph V. Mega has served as a Director of the Company since 1994,  and as a
Director of the Bank since  1993.  He has owned and  operated  and served as the
President of Crugnale Bakery in Providence, Rhode Island since 1976.

    William P.  Shields  has served as a Director  of the  Company  and the Bank
since 1993.  Since  December,  1993, Mr. Shields has been a Commissioner  of the
Board of Elections of the State of Rhode Island.  From 1987 to 1994, Mr. Shields
was the Secretary  and Treasurer of Bonnett  Liquors.  Mr.  Shields  served as a
Deputy Director of Administration of the Office of the Attorney General of Rhode
Island from 1986 to 1992.

CERTAIN NON-EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

    Certain  non-executive  officers  of the  Bank  who  are  expected  to  make
significant contributions to the business of the Company are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              NAME                  AGE(1)                    POSITION
              ----                  ------                    --------
<S>                                   <C>     <C>
Robert D. McCormick ..............    50      Vice President -- Commercial Lending
Francis B. Geary .................    56      Vice President -- Commercial Lending
Anthony J. DePamphilis, Jr. ......    36      Vice President -- Information Systems and
                                                Operations
Donna M. Dupuis ..................    38      Vice President -- Internal Audit
Betty C. Ricci ...................    41      Vice President -- Retail Banking
</TABLE>

__________
(1)  As of December 31, 1995.


BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION OF CERTAIN NON-EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

    Robert D. McCormick  joined the Bank as Vice  President and commercial  loan
officer in 1993, and has served as Vice President and manager of Credit and Loan
Administration  of the Bank since 1994. Mr.  McCormick  served as Vice President
and as Senior  Commercial  Lender at New England Savings Bank from 1991 to 1993.
Prior to that Mr. McCormick was employed at Rhode Island Hospital Trust National
Bank from 1981 to 1991,  and served there as Vice President and Division Head of
Corporate Banking prior to his departure.

    Francis B. Geary has served as Vice President of Commercial Lending and as a
commercial  loan officer of the Bank since 1995, and is responsible for business
development.  Mr. Geary served Old Stone Bank from 1969 to 1993 most recently as
Senior Vice  President  and Division  Head,  and as Senior Asset Manager for the
Resolution Trust Corporation from 1993 to 1994.

    Anthony J. DePamphilis,  Jr. joined the Bank as a Loan Processor in 1985 and
has  served  in  numerous  capacities,   most  recently  as  Vice  President  of
Information Systems and Operations of the Bank since 1995.


                                       61


    Donna M. Dupuis joined the Bank as a Branch  Teller in 1978,  and has served
as Vice President of Internal Audit of the Bank since 1992. Ms. Dupuis served as
Treasurer of the Company and the Bank from 1986 to 1992.

    Betty  C.  Ricci  joined  the  Bank in 1973  as a  Clerk  in the  Operations
Department, and has served as Vice President of Retail Banking of the Bank since
1995.  Ms. Ricci served as Vice President of Operations of the Bank from 1984 to
1995.

COMMITTEES AND MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY AND THE BANK

    The Company  Board meets  quarterly and the Bank Board meets  monthly.  Each
Board of Directors may have additional  special meetings upon the request of the
Chairman of the Board,  the President or any three  members of their  respective
Boards of Directors.  During the year ended December 31, 1995, the Company Board
met four times and the Bank Board met eleven times.  No director  attended fewer
than 80% of the total of board  meetings  held by either the Company or the Bank
during the year ended December 31, 1995.

    The Company Board and the Bank Board have appointed certain committees. Each
has an Audit Committee comprised of the same members.  In addition,  among other
committees,   the  Bank  Board  has  established  a  CRA/Compliance   Committee,
Asset/Liability  Committee ("ALCO"), and, as of February 6, 1995, a Compensation
Committee.

    The Audit Committee reviews the scope and results of the annual audit of the
Company's   consolidated   financial   statements  conducted  by  the  Company's
independent  public  accountants,  the scope of other  services  provided by the
Company's  independent  public  accountants,  proposed  changes in the Company's
financial and accounting  standards and principles,  and the Company's  policies
and procedures with respect to its internal  accounting,  auditing and financial
controls,  and makes  recommendations  to the Company Board on the engagement of
the  independent  public  accountants,  as well as other  matters which may come
before it or as  directed  by the  Company  Board.  The Audit  Committee  of the
Company and the Bank consists of Messrs. Keough, Bernardo,  Carroll and Shields,
and is chaired by Mr. Keough. The Audit Committee meets quarterly.

    The CRA/Compliance Committee is responsible for overseeing, coordinating and
evaluating the Bank's  performance under the Community  Reinvestment Act and the
Bank Secrecy Act. The Committee  reviews specific policies and policy statements
and assesses the Bank's  compliance  with those policies and overall  compliance
with federal and state law. The CRA/Compliance Committee of the Bank consists of
Messrs. Mathieu and Mega. The CRA/Compliance Committee meets quarterly.

    The ALCO establishes,  coordinates, communicates and controls the management
of asset/liability procedures. The primary roll of the committee is to establish
and monitor the volume and mix of the Bank's  assets and  deposits  (sources and
uses of funds).  The objective of the committee is to manage assets and deposits
of the Bank while  promoting  consistency  with the Bank's goals for  liquidity,
capital growth,  risk, and profitability.  The ALCO consists of Messrs.  Keough,
Shanahan,  DePamphilis,  Macomber and Ms. Ricci and is chaired by Mr.  Macomber.
The ALCO Committee meets semiannually.

    The  Compensation   Committee  will  be  responsible  for  establishing  the
compensation  of the  Company's  directors,  officers and  employees,  including
salaries,  bonuses,  commissions,  benefit plans, the grant of options and other
forms of, or matters  relating  to,  compensation.  The  Compensation  Committee
consists of Messrs.  Carroll,  Bernardo and Mega. The Compensation  Committee is
expected to meet semiannually.

DIRECTOR'S COMPENSATION

   
    Currently,  all directors of the Company  receive a director's  fee of three
hundred  dollars ($300) for each Company Board meeting  attended.  Each director
receives an annual  retainer  of $3,000 and a  director's  fee of three  hundred
dollars  ($300)  for each Bank  Board  meeting  attended  up to a maximum of six
hundred dollars ($600) for meetings attended on any given day. In addition, each
non-employee 
    

                                       62


director  of the  Company and the Bank  receives a fee of three  hundred  ($300)
dollars  for all  committee  meetings  attended.  The  Company and the Bank have
recently  implemented a deferred  compensation  plan for their  directors  which
allows  such  directors  to defer the  receipt  of  director's  fees paid by the
Company and the Bank until their  services with the Company Board and Bank Board
terminate.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    The following table sets forth in summary form all compensation  paid by the
Company and the Bank to Mr. Shanahan for services  rendered in all capacities to
the Company and the Bank for the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1995.  No other
executive officer received compensation in excess of $100,000 for such year.

                        SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     NAME AND                                              ALL OTHER
                PRINCIPAL POSITION                  YEAR   SALARY($)   COMPENSATION(1)
                ------------------                  ----   ---------   ----------------
<S>                                                 <C>    <C>         <C>
Patrick J. Shanahan, Jr.
  President and Chief Executive Officer .........   1995    $213,675        $8,759
</TABLE>

__________
(1)  Includes  $1,259 in insurance  premiums paid by the Company for a term life
     insurance policy in favor of Mr. Shanahan,  and $7,500 paid to Mr. Shanahan
     as director fees.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

    Effective  as of February 6, 1996,  the Company  entered into an amended and
restated  employment  agreement with Patrick J. Shanahan,  Jr. (the  "Employment
Agreement").  The  Employment  Agreement  is intended to ensure that the Company
will be able to retain Mr.  Shanahan's  services after the Public Offering.  The
continued success of the Company and the Bank depend to a significant  degree on
the skills and competence of Mr. Shanahan.

    The  Employment  Agreement  provides  that Mr.  Shanahan's  base salary from
January 1, 1996 to  December  31,  1996 will be  $223,500,  and that such salary
shall be reviewed  each year and that there  shall be an annual  increase of not
less than  five  (5%)  percent.  In  addition  to base  salary,  the  Employment
Agreement  provides  for,  among other  things,  participation  in other  fringe
benefits  applicable to executive officers including the Company's  supplemental
executive retirement plan. See " -- Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan."

    The Employment  Agreement  provides that either the Company or Mr.  Shanahan
may  terminate the agreement  upon 90 days notice to the other.  The  Employment
Agreement  provides for  termination  by the Company for cause as defined in the
Employment Agreement at any time without further compensation.  In the event the
Company  chooses to terminate Mr.  Shanahan's  employment for reasons other than
cause,  Mr.  Shanahan  would be entitled to continue to receive from the Company
his existing base salary and all benefits for  twenty-four  (24) months from the
date of termination.

    Under the Employment Agreement,  if Mr. Shanahan voluntarily  terminates the
Employment  Agreement upon a change of control of the Company (as defined in the
Employment Agreement),  or Mr. Shanahan is deemed involuntarily  terminated as a
result of certain events or  circumstances  following a change of control,  then
Mr.  Shanahan  would be entitled,  at his sole  discretion,  to either:  (i) the
payments and benefits due under the Employment Agreement upon termination by the
Company  other than for cause as set forth  above;  or (ii) 2.99 times the "base
amount" as defined in Section  280G(b)(3) of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended,  plus certain  other  entitlements,  but  excluding his W-2 earnings
resulting  from the  exercise of stock  options,  payable in one lump sum on the
date of termination.


                                       63


    In the event of a change in control of the Company, were Mr. Shanahan to opt
for the lump-sum  payment of 2.99 times the "base  amount",  the total amount of
payments under the Employment Agreement,  based solely on cash compensation paid
to Mr. Shanahan over the past five fiscal years and excluding any benefits under
any employee benefit plan which may be payable, would be approximately $578,000.

STOCK OPTIONS

    No stock  options were granted to Mr.  Shanahan for the year ended  December
31, 1995.  Pursuant to a stock option agreement dated November 24, 1986, between
the Company and Mr.  Shanahan (as amended,  the "1986 Stock Option  Agreement"),
the Company  granted Mr.  Shanahan  an option to  purchase  6,000  shares of the
Common  Stock at a price of $25.00 per share.  As a result of the 10 for 1 Stock
Split,  the number of shares to which Mr. Shanahan became entitled upon exercise
of the option was  increased  to 60,000  shares (the "Option  Shares"),  and the
exercise price was reduced to $2.50 per share, each in accordance with the terms
of the 1986  Stock  Option  Agreement.  The  Company  granted  the option to Mr.
Shanahan as further  inducement to his remaining  with the Company and the Bank.
Mr. Shanahan's options under the 1986 Stock Option Agreement expire on the tenth
anniversary  of the grant date,  or November  24, 1996 (the  "Option  Expiration
Date"). The Company has no other options outstanding.

    The  following  table sets forth  information  with  respect  to: (i) option
exercises by Mr.  Shanahan for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995; (ii) the
number of unexercised  options held by Mr. Shanahan as of December 31, 1995; and
(iii) the value of unexercised  in-the-money options (options for which the fair
market value of the Common Stock exceeds the exercise  price) as of December 31,
1995. In the fiscal year 1995, there were no option exercises by Mr. Shanahan.

                AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                        AND FISCAL YEAR END OPTION VALUES


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                         NUMBER OF SECURITIES         VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                        UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED        IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                              SHARES ACQUIRED                        OPTIONS AT DECEMBER 31, 1995   AT DECEMBER 31, 1995(1)
            NAME               ON EXERCISE(#)    VALUE REALIZED($)    EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE     EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE
            ----               --------------    -----------------    -------------------------     -------------------------
<S>                               <C>                <C>                     <C>                           <C>
Patrick J. Shanahan, Jr. .....      --                 --                     60,000/0                      $435,000/0


</TABLE>

__________

(1)  Based on the Public  Offering Price of $9.75 Per share,  less the aggregate
     exercise price.


    In order to realize the  economic  benefit  inherent in the options  granted
pursuant to the 1986 Stock Option  Agreement,  Mr.  Shanahan  must  exercise the
options in full before the Option  Expiration Date. It is currently  anticipated
that Mr.  Shanahan  will  exercise  his  options  under  the 1986  Stock  Option
Agreement prior to the completion of the Public Offering. The aggregate exercise
price to Mr.  Shanahan  for  this  exercise  will be  $150,000  (the  "Aggregate
Exercise Price").  In addition,  as a result of the exercise,  Mr. Shanahan will
incur potential federal and state income tax liability on the difference between
the fair  market  value of the  Option  Shares at the time of  exercise  and the
Aggregate  Exercise Price (the "Option  Value").  In connection with this income
tax liability,  upon the exercise,  Mr. Shanahan will be required to immediately
pay to the Company the applicable  minimum state and federal  withholding tax as
applied to the Option Value (the "Immediate  Withholding Tax").  Assuming a fair
market value  equivalent to $9.75 per share (the Public Offering  Price),  it is
estimated that the Immediate Withholding Tax will be $161,603. In order to allow
Mr.  Shanahan to exercise  these  options and fund both the  Aggregate  Exercise
Price and the  Immediate  Withholding  Tax,  the Company  Board has  approved an
amendment to the 1986 Stock  Option  Agreement to permit a manner of exercise by
which both the Option Exercise Price and the Immediate Withholding Tax otherwise
payable  by Mr.  Shanahan  to the  Company  will be offset  against  the  shares
otherwise  issuable to Mr.  Shanahan  upon his exercise of his options under the


                                       64


1986 Stock Option Agreement.  As a result, the 60,000 shares of the Common Stock
Mr. Shanahan otherwise would have received will be reduced by a number of shares
equivalent in value to the sum of the Aggregate Exercise Price and the Immediate
Withholding  Tax. The Company  estimates that after such offsets,  Mr.  Shanahan
will be issued 28,041 shares of the Common Stock upon the exercise.
    

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

    The Company has recently implemented a non-qualified  supplemental executive
retirement plan (the "SERP") to provide certain officers and highly  compensated
employees  with  additional  retirement  benefits.  Benefits  under the SERP are
intended to  supplement  benefits  payable  under the defined  Pension  Plan (as
defined  below,  see " -- Pension  Plans") which are subject to: (i) federal law
limitations  applicable to qualified  pension plans;  and (ii) early  retirement
penalties  set forth in the Pension  Plan.  Benefits  payable under the SERP are
designed to recover those  benefits that would be payable under the Pension Plan
if not for such limitations.
See " -- Pension Plans."

    The SERP is a non-qualified, unfunded benefit plan. Participants in the SERP
have been  determined  by the Company  Board.  From  February  6, 1996  forward,
participants  in  the  SERP  will  be  determined  by the  Company  Compensation
Committee.  Benefits  are  determined  on the basis of the  participant's  three
highest years' base salary.  Benefits are payable only upon death, retirement in
accordance  with the terms of the SERP, or  termination  of employment  with the
Company.  As of December  31,  1995,  the only  participant  in the SERP was Mr.
Shanahan.  The Company  incurred an expense of $65,674  with respect to the SERP
for the year ended  December 31, 1995. If Mr.  Shanahan were to retire at age 52
on January 1, 1997,  his annual  benefit  under the SERP would be  approximately
$63,000.

    The Company may establish an irrevocable  grantor's trust ("rabbi trust") in
connection with the SERP. This trust would be funded with contributions from the
Company for the purpose of providing  the benefits  promised  under the terms of
the  SERP.  The SERP  participants  would  have  only the  rights  of  unsecured
creditors  with respect to the trust's  assets,  and would not recognize  income
with respect to benefits  provided by the SERP until such  benefits are received
by the  participants.  The assets of the rabbi trust would be considered part of
the  general  assets of the  Company  and would be  subject to the claims of the
Company's  creditors in the event of the Company's  insolvency.  Earnings on the
trust's assets would be taxable to the Company.

PENSION PLANS

    The Bank is a member of the Financial Institutions  Retirement Fund ("FIRF")
which  sponsors  a  multiple   employer   pension  plan  (the  "Pension  Plan").
Contributions  to the Pension Plan are determined on an actuarial  basis for the
benefit of all qualifying employees. Employees become eligible for participation
on attainment of age 21 and  completion of one year of service to the Bank.  The
Pension Plan provides an annual benefit upon retirement calculated by adding the
products of (i): (a) 1.5%  multiplied  by; (b) the  employee's  years of benefit
service  multiplied  by; (c) the  employee's  highest  average  salary for three
consecutive years of service ("High-3 Average Compensation");  up to the Covered
Compensation  Level  (defined  generally  as the average of the  maximum  social
security wage base for the 35-year period preceding  social security  retirement
age),  and (ii): (x) 2.0%  multiplied  by; (y) the  employee's  years of benefit
service  multiplied by; (z) the employee's  High-3 Average  Compensation  to the
extent it exceeds the Covered Compensation Level. Under the terms of the Pension
Plan,  benefits  are  calculated  as a 10 year certain and  continuous  annuity.
Participants  may elect  payment in the "regular  form" or in another one of the
annuity forms available under the Pension Plan. Benefit payments generally begin
at age 65, but they can begin earlier in a reduced  amount,  or, if the employee
continues  working  past age 65, later in an  increased  amount.  Administrative
expenses  for the  Pension  Plan are paid by the  Company.  Benefits  under  the
Pension Plan become fully vested upon 5 or more years of service to the Company.
Benefits are not offset against Social Security.

    The  following  table sets forth  estimated  annual  benefits  payable  upon
retirement  at age 65 assuming the employee  chooses the regular form of benefit
under the Pension Plan.


                                       65


                               PENSION PLAN TABLE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                YEARS OF BENEFIT SERVICE
                                                ------------------------
         HIGH-3 AVERAGE
          COMPENSATION                 5        10         20        30          40
          ------------                 -        --         --        --          --
<S>                                 <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
$ 25,000 ......................     $ 1,900  $  3,800  $  7,500  $ 11,300    $ 15,600
  50,000 ......................       4,300     8,600    17,200    25,900      35,200
  75,000 ......................       6,800    13,600    27,200    40,900      55,200
 100,000 ......................       9,300    18,600    37,200    55,900      75,200
 125,000 ......................      11,800    23,600    47,200    70,900      95,200
 150,000 and over(1) ..........      14,300    28,600    57,200    85,900     112,888(2)
</TABLE>

__________
(1)  Federal  law does  not  permit  qualified  retirement  plans  to  recognize
     compensation in excess of $150,000.

(2)  Represents the maximum amount payable under the pension plan in 1996.

    For purposes of the table, Mr. Shanahan had 21 years of benefit service with
the Company as of December 31, 1995.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

    Prior to February 6, 1996,  the  Company  Board did not have a  compensation
committee and functions  that would have been performed by such a committee were
performed by the Company Board as a whole. Mr. Shanahan was prior to February 6,
1996, and still is, the President and Chief Executive  Officer of the Company as
well as a director of the Company.

                           CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

    The Bank has had, and expects to have in the future,  various loan and other
banking  transactions  in the ordinary  course of business  with the  directors,
executive  officers,  and principal  shareholders  of the Company,  the Bank and
entities with which such persons may be associated.  All such transactions:  (i)
have been and will be made in the ordinary  course of  business;  (ii) have been
and will be made on substantially the same terms,  including  interest rates and
collateral on loans, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions
with unrelated  persons;  and (iii) in the opinion of management do not and will
not involve more than the normal risk of  collectibility  or  otherwise  present
other terms less  favorable to the Bank than would  otherwise  be obtained  with
unrelated  persons.  As of  December  31,  1995,  the  total  dollar  amount  of
extensions of credit to directors,  executive officers,  principal stockholders,
and any of their associates was  approximately  $1.7 million,  which represented
approximately 24% of total shareholders' equity as of such date.


                                       66


                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

    The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  with  respect to the
beneficial  ownership  of the  Common  Stock as of  December  31,  1995,  and as
adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of the Common  Stock  offered  hereby
and the exercise  prior thereto by Mr.  Shanahan of all 60,000 options under the
1986 Stock Option  Agreement,  by: (i) Mr. Shanahan,  (ii) each of the Company's
Directors, (iii) all directors and executive officers of the Company as a group,
and (iv) each  other  person  (including  any  "group,"  as that term is used in
Section  13(d)(3)  of the  Exchange  Act)  who is known  by the  Company  to own
beneficially  5% or more of the Common Stock. In general,  beneficial  ownership
includes  shares over which the director,  officer or 5% shareholder has sole or
shared voting or investment  power and shares which such person has the right to
acquire within 60 days of December 31, 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                        PERCENTAGE OF    AMOUNT AND NATURE
                                                 AMOUNT AND NATURE       COMMON STOCK       OF BENEFICIAL          PERCENTAGE OF
                                                  OF BENEFICIAL          BENEFICALLY         OWNERSHIP             COMMON STOCK
              NAME AND ADDRESS                  OWNERSHIP AS OF           OWNED AS OF       IMMEDIATELY          BENEFICIALLY OWNED
            OF BENEFICIAL OWNER           DECEMBER 31, 1995(1)(2)(3)   DECEMBER 31, 1995   PRIOR TO OFFERING   AFTER THE OFFERING(4)
            -------------------           --------------------------   -----------------   -----------------   ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>                             <C>                 <C>                 <C>
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
Patrick J. Shanahan, Jr.(5) ...................  106,180(6)               14.29%                74,221(7)            5.89%
  10 Celestia Court
  North Kingstown, Rhode Island 02852

William A. Carroll(8) .........................   87,450                  12.80%                87,450               6.93%
  c/o Lorac/Union Tool Co.
  97 Johnson Street
  Providence, Rhode Island 02906

Peter L. Mathieu, Jr., M.D.(9) ................   58,800                   8.61%                58,800              4.66%
  225 Waterman Street
  Providence, Rhode Island 02906

Raymond F. Bernardo ...........................   19,420                   2.84%                19,420              1.54%
  P.O. Box 201
  Jamestown, Rhode Island 02835

Joseph A. Keough ..............................    3,000                    *                    3,000                *
  Keough & Gearon
  100 Armistice Boulevard
  Pawtucket, R.I. 02860

Joseph V. Mega(10) ............................    2,500                    *                    2,500                *
  26 Mystery Farm Drive
  Cranston, Rhode Island 02921

ALL EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS AS A
  GROUP (6 PERSONS) ...........................  277,350                  37.31%               245,391             19.46%

FIVE PERCENT OR GREATER SHAREHOLDERS
Edward w. Ricci (deceased)(11) ................   99,700                  14.59%                99,700              7.90%
  201 Lorimar Avenue
  Providence, Rhode Island 02906

Ralph Shuster, Inc. ...........................   52,500                   7.68%                52,500              4.16%
  P.O. Box 2762
  Providence, Rhode Island 02907-0762

</TABLE>
    
_________
   * Less than 1%.

 (1)  Unless  otherwise noted,  each person or group  identified  possesses sole
      voting and  investment  power with  respect to shares of the Common  Stock
      beneficially owned subject to community property laws where applicable.

 (2)  Shares  not  outstanding  but deemed  beneficially  owned by virtue of the
      right of a person or group to acquire  them within 60 days of December 31,
      1995 are  treated as  outstanding  only for  purposes of  determining  the
      number of and percent owned by such person or group.


                                       67


 (3)  The number of shares of the Common  Stock  outstanding  as of December 31,
      1995 was 683,200.

   
(4)  The number of shares issued and  outstanding  after the Public  Offering is
     1,261,241.  This  estimate  gives  effect to the  issuance  of: (i) 550,000
     shares of Common Stock sold by the Company in the Public Offering; and (ii)
     28,041 shares of Common Stock to Mr.  Shanahan upon his exercise of options
     under the 1986 Stock Option  Agreement  prior to the Public  Offering.  The
     percent of shares beneficially owned after the Public Offering gives effect
     to the issuance of (i):  550,000 shares of Common Stock sold by the Company
     in the  Public  Offering;  and (ii)  28,041  shares of Common  Stock to Mr.
     Shanahan upon his exercise of options under the 1986 Stock Option Agreement
     prior to the  Public  Offering.  All  figures  and  percentages  assume  no
     exercise  of  the  Underwriters  over-allotment  option  to  sell  up to an
     additional 82,500 shares of Common Stock. All figures assume no purchase by
     any of the persons  set forth in the above table of shares of Common  Stock
     offered by the Company in the Public Offering.
    

 (5)  Includes 8,150 shares owned in the name of either Mr. Shanahan or Margaret
      F. Shanahan, his wife.

 (6)  Includes  60,000 shares of the Common Stock subject to options  granted to
      Mr. Shanahan under the 1986 Stock Option Agreement.

   
 (7)  Assumes the issuance of 28,041 shares of Common Stock to Mr. Shanahan upon
      his exercise of the 1986 Stock Option Agreement after  offsetting  amounts
      otherwise owed to the Company by Mr.  Shanahan for the Aggregate  Exercise
      Price and Immediate Withholding Tax prior to the Public Offering. See " --
      Stock Options."
    

 (8)  Includes 10,000 shares owned by Mr. Carroll's wife. Mr. Carroll  disclaims
      beneficial ownership of all shares held by his wife.

 (9)  Includes  40,600  shares  owned  in joint  tenancy  with  Betty  Burkhardt
      Mathieu, M.D., his wife.

(10)  Shares are owned in joint tenancy with Antonette M. Mega, his wife.

(11)  Includes 10,000 shares owned by the wife of the late Mr. Edward W. Ricci.


                                       68


                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    At December 31, 1995, the Company's  authorized  capital stock  consisted of
5,000,000 shares of common stock, $1.00 par value per share (the "Common Stock")
of which:  (i) 750,000 shares were issued;  (ii) 683,200 were  outstanding;  and
(iii) 66,800 shares were held as treasury  stock.  In addition,  at December 31,
1995,  there were  outstanding  stock  options to acquire  60,000  shares of the
Common Stock  pursuant to the 1986 Stock Option  Agreement.  See  "Management --
Stock Options."

   
    Immediately after the closing of the Public Offering  (assuming the exercise
of certain outstanding options resulting in the issuance of 28,041 shares of the
Common Stock), the Company's  authorized capital stock will consist of 5,000,000
shares of common stock,  $1.00 par value per share, of which the Company expects
that: (i) 1,328,041  shares will be issued;  (ii) 1,261,241 will be outstanding;
and (iii) 66,800 will be held as treasury stock.
    

COMMON STOCK

    Holders  of the  Common  Stock are  entitled  to one vote per share for each
share held of record on all matters  submitted to a vote of shareholders.  There
are no  cumulative  voting  rights.  Accordingly,  holders of a majority  of the
shares of the Common Stock  entitled to vote in any  election of  Directors  may
elect all of the Directors  standing for  election.  Holders of the Common Stock
are entitled to receive  ratably such  dividends,  if any, as may be declared by
the Company out of funds legally  available for such purpose.  Upon liquidation,
dissolution  or winding  up of the  Company,  holders  of the  Common  Stock are
entitled to share  ratably in the assets of the Company  legally  available  for
distribution  to the holders of the Common  Stock.  Holders of the Common  Stock
have  no  preemptive,   subscription,   redemption  or  conversion  rights.  All
outstanding  shares of the  Common  Stock  are,  and the  shares  offered by the
Company upon  completion  of the Public  Offering  will be, when issued and paid
for, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

POSSIBLE ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE COMPANY'S
ARTICLES AND BY-LAWS

    General.  There are  provisions  in the  Articles  and By-laws  which may be
deemed to have an anti-takeover  effect and may discourage takeover attempts not
first  approved by the Company  Board.  These  provisions  are intended to avoid
costly  takeover  battles and lessen the  Company's  vulnerability  to a hostile
change in control,  thereby enhancing the possibility that the Company Board can
maximize  shareholder  value in connection with an unsolicited  offer to acquire
the Company.  However,  these  provisions can also have the effect of depressing
the Company's stock price because they are an impediment to potential  investors
and their ability to gain control of the Company, and thus discourage activities
such as  unsolicited  merger  proposals,  acquisitions,  or tender offers (which
shareholders  might  otherwise  believe  to be in their best  interests).  These
provisions  may also reduce the temporary  fluctuations  in the trading price of
the Common Stock which are caused by accumulations of stock,  thereby  depriving
the  shareholders  of certain  opportunities  to sell their stock at temporarily
higher prices.  The Company Board believes that these provisions are appropriate
to protect the interests of the Company and all of its shareholders.

    Classified  Board  of  Directors.  The  Company  has a  classified  Board of
Directors which provides for the Company Board to be divided into three classes,
as nearly  equal in number as possible,  with each class of the  directors to be
elected annually for three-year  terms.  This extension of time may also tend to
discourage  a tender  offer or takeover  bid by making it more  difficult  for a
majority of shareholders to change the composition of the Company Board.

    Certain  Provisions  of the By-laws with respect to the Company  Board.  The
By-laws  provide  that any  stockholder  desiring to make a  nomination  for the
election of directors at a meeting of stockholders must submit written notice to
the  Company  no less  than 14 nor  more  than 50  days  prior  to any  meeting.
Management  believes  that it is in the best  interest  of the  Company  and its
stockholders  to  provide  sufficient  time to  enable  management  to  disclose
information  about a dissident  slate of nominees  for


                                       69


directors.  This advance notice  requirement  may also give  management  time to
solicit its own proxies in an attempt to defeat any dissident  slate of nominees
should  management   determine  that  doing  so  is  in  the  best  interest  of
shareholders generally.

    The By-laws also  provide that the number of directors on the Company  Board
shall not be less than three nor more than thirteen.  The power to determine the
number  of  directors  within  these  numerical  limitations  is  vested  in the
shareholders  at the  Company's  annual  meeting.  However,  between such annual
meetings,  the number so fixed may at any time be increased  by the  affirmative
vote of a majority of the Company Board.  The overall effect of such  provisions
may be to prevent a person or entity from immediately  acquiring  control of the
Company  through an increase in the number of  directors  and election of his or
its nominees to fill the newly created vacancies.

    The By-laws also provide that members of the Company Board may be removed by
the Company  Board or by the  affirmative  vote of at least 70% of the shares of
the Common Stock at a meeting  duly called for such  purpose.  These  provisions
could delay or frustrate the removal of incumbent  directors,  or the assumption
of control by the  shareholders  or by a third  party,  even if such  removal or
assumption of control would be beneficial to stockholders.

    Meetings.  A special meeting of the  shareholders of the Company may only be
called by the Chairman of the Company Board, the President of the Company, or by
the holders of at least 40% of the shares of the Common  Stock.  This  provision
could  frustrate  the  assumption  of control by a third party seeking to call a
shareholder  meeting for the purpose(s) of removing  directors or considering an
offer to acquire the Company or other change in control.

   
    Certain  Business  Transactions.  The  Articles  contain a  provision  which
provides that certain business  combinations require the affirmative vote of the
holders of seventy  (70%)  percent of the  Common  Stock.  This  "supermajority"
requirement  could  result in the  Company  Board and  management  (who owned or
controlled  approximately  37.31% of the Common  Stock as of December  31, 1995,
inclusive of 60,000 stock  options  exercisable  by Mr.  Shanahan)  exercising a
stronger  influence over any proposed takeover by refusing to approve a proposed
business  combination and by obtaining  sufficient  additional votes,  including
votes obtained through the issuance of additional  shares to parties friendly to
their  interests,  to preclude the seventy  (70%) percent  shareholder  approval
requirement. After the Public Offering, it is anticipated that the Company Board
and management will hold  approximately  19.46% of the outstanding shares of the
Common Stock.
    

    The Articles also provide that this  business  combination  requirement  can
only be amended by an  affirmative  vote of  holders of at least  seventy  (70%)
percent of the Common Stock.  However, if the amendment,  repeal or modification
has been approved by all of the members of the Company Board,  twenty-five (25%)
percent of whom are deemed  "Continuing  Directors," as defined in the Articles,
then only the affirmative votes of two-thirds of the shareholders is required.

RHODE ISLAND BUSINESS COMBINATION PROVISIONS

    Pursuant to Rhode Island law, a corporation shall not engage in any business
combination with an interested  stockholder (generally defined as the beneficial
owner  of 10% or  more  of the  corporation's  outstanding  voting  stock  or an
affiliate of the corporation who within five years prior to the date in question
was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the corporation's  outstanding voting
stock) for a period of five years  following  the date (the  "stock  acquisition
date") the  stockholder  became an  interested  stockholder  unless the board of
directors of the  corporation  approved the business  combination or transaction
pursuant  to which the  interested  stockholder  became  such prior to the stock
acquisition date.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  even after the expiration of
the  five  years,  the  corporation  may  not  engage  in  transactions  with an
interested  stockholder unless: (a) the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding
voting stock,  excluding any stock owned by the  interested  stockholder  or any
affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder, have approved the business
combination  at a meeting  called for such  purpose  no earlier  than five years
after the stock acquisition date; or (b) the business  combination meets each of
the following conditions: (i) the nature, form and adequacy of the


                                       70


consideration to be received by the  corporation's  stockholders in the business
combination transaction satisfies certain specific enumerated criteria; (ii) the
holders  of  all  the  outstanding   share  of  stock  of  the  corporation  not
beneficially  owned by the  interested  stockholder  are entitled to receive the
specific  consideration in the business combination  transaction;  and (iii) the
interested  stockholder  shall not acquire  additional shares of voting stock of
the corporation except in certain specifically identified transactions.

    The  restrictions  prescribed  by the statute will not be  applicable to any
business  combination (a) involving a corporation  that does not have a class of
voting stock  registered  under the Exchange  Act,  unless the charter  provides
otherwise;  (b)  involving  a  corporation  which did not have a class of voting
stock  registered under the Exchange Act at the time the  corporation's  charter
was amended to provide that the  corporation  shall be subject to the  statutory
restriction  provisions and the interested  stockholder's stock acquisition date
is prior  to the  effective  date of the  charter  amendment;  (c)  involving  a
corporation whose original charter contains a provision  expressly  electing not
to be subject  to the  statutory  restrictions  or which  adopted  an  amendment
expressly electing not to be subject to the statutory restrictions either to its
by-laws  prior to March 31, 1991 or to its charter if such charter  amendment is
approved  by  the  affirmative  vote  of  holders,  other  than  the  interested
stockholders,  and  their  affiliates  and  associates,  of  two-thirds  of  the
outstanding  voting  stock,   excluding  the  voting  stock  of  the  interested
stockholders; provided, that the amendment to the charter shall not be effective
until twelve (12) months after the vote of the  stockholders and shall not apply
to any business  combination of the corporation  with an interested  stockholder
whose  stock  acquisition  date  is on or  prior  to the  effective  date of the
amendment;  or (d) involving a corporation  with an interested  stockholder  who
became an interested  stockholder  inadvertently,  if the interested stockholder
divests  itself of such number of shares so that it is no longer the  beneficial
owner of 10% of the  outstanding  voting  stock  and,  but for such  inadvertent
ownership,  was  not an  interested  stockholder  within  the  five-year  period
preceding  the  announcement  of the business  combination.  The Articles do not
contain  any  provisions  expressly  relating  to the  non-applicability  of the
statute.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

    The transfer  agent and  registrar  for the Common  Stock is  Registrar  and
Transfer Company.


                                       71


                      SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

   
    Upon completion of the Public  Offering,  without taking into account shares
of the Common Stock that may be issued after December 31, 1995, other than those
shares that will have been issued to Mr.  Shanahan prior to the Public  Offering
upon his exercise of all the options under the 1986 Stock Option Agreement,  the
Company will have  1,261,241  shares of the Common Stock  outstanding.  Of these
shares,  all of the 550,000  shares sold in the Public  Offering  will be freely
tradable by persons other than  "affiliates"  (as such term is defined under the
Securities Act) of the Company without  restriction under the Securities Act. In
addition,  683,200 shares of the Common Stock,  which were issued by the Company
pursuant to a  registration  statement  declared  effective by the Commission in
1981 (the "1981 Registered Offering"),  will be freely tradable by persons other
than affiliates of the Company without restriction under the Securities Act. The
remaining  28,041 shares of Common Stock,  which will be issued to Mr.  Shanahan
upon his  exercise  of the 1986  Stock  Option  Agreement,  will be  treated  as
"restricted  securities"  (as such  term is  defined  under  Rule 144  under the
Securities  Act) and may not be resold in a public offering except in compliance
with the  registration  requirements  of the  Securities  Act or  pursuant to an
exemption  therefrom,  including those provided by Rules 144 and 701 promulgated
under the Securities Act.

    In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect,  beginning 90 days after
the date of this Prospectus, any holder of "restricted securities" (as such term
is defined under Rule 144), including an affiliate of the Company as to which at
least two years have  elapsed  since the later of the date of their  acquisition
from the  Company or an  affiliate,  would be  entitled  within any  three-month
period to sell a number of shares  that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the
then  outstanding  shares  of the  Common  Stock  (approximately  12,612  shares
immediately  after the completion of the Public  Offering) or the average weekly
trading  volume of the Common Stock in the  over-the-counter  market  during the
four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with
the Commission.  Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale
provisions,   notice   requirements  and  the  availability  of  current  public
information  about the Company.  Affiliates  of the Company must comply with the
restrictions  and  requirements  of Rule 144  (except for the  two-year  holding
period  requirement)  in order to sell shares of the Common  Stock which are not
"restricted  securities"  (such as shares  acquired by  affiliates in the Public
Offering and the 1981 Registered Offering).  Further, under Rule 144(k) a person
who is not deemed an  "affiliate"  of the  Company at any time  during the three
months  preceding a sale and holds  shares as to which at least three years have
elapsed  since the later of their  acquisition  from the Company or an affiliate
may sell such shares under Rule 144 without regard to volume limitations, manner
of sale  provisions,  notice  requirements  or  availability  of current  public
information concerning the Company.
    

    Subject to certain limitations on the aggregate offering price of securities
offered and sold in reliance on Rule 701, and other conditions,  Rule 701 may be
relied upon with respect to the resale of shares of the Common Stock  originally
purchased from the Company by its employees, directors, officers, consultants or
advisors  between May 20, 1988 (the effective date of Rule 701) and the date the
Company  becomes subject to the reporting  requirements of the Act,  pursuant to
written  compensatory  benefit  plans  or  written  contracts  relating  to  the
compensation of such persons. In addition,  Rule 701 will apply to typical stock
options  granted  by an  issuer  before  it  becomes  subject  to the  reporting
requirements  of the Exchange Act, along with the shares  acquired upon exercise
of such options (including exercises after the date of this Prospectus).  Shares
of the  Common  Stock  issued  in  reliance  on Rule  701 are  also  "restricted
securities"  and,  beginning 90 days after the date of this  Prospectus,  may be
sold by affiliates,  subject to the provisions  described above regarding manner
of sale, notice requirements, volume limitations and the availability of current
public  information  under Rule 144,  but without  compliance  with its two-year
minimum  holding  period  requirement,  and by persons  other  than  affiliates,
subject only to the provisions regarding manner of sale under Rule 144.

   
    Subject to the lock-up  agreements  described  below, the affiliates may, in
certain  circumstances,  be  eligible  to sell all or any portion of shares they
hold (the "Affiliate  Shares") in the public market pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule
701, as described below.  There will be approximately  245,391  Affiliate Shares
upon completion of the Public Offering  (including  28,041 shares that will have
been issued to Mr.



                                       72


Shanahan  upon his exercise of options  under the 1986 Stock Option  Agreement).
Approximately  217,350 of the Affiliate  Shares will be eligible for sale in the
public  market in  accordance  with Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of
the  Prospectus.  In addition,  beginning after such ninetieth day, Mr. Shanahan
will be entitled to sell the 28,041  shares  issued to him upon his  exercise of
options under the 1986 Stock Option Agreement  subject to the provisions of Rule
144 and Rule 701. All of the Affiliate Shares are subject to lock-up  agreements
in  favor  of the  Underwriter.  Directors  and  executive  officers  who in the
aggregate  will,  upon  completion of the Public  Offering,  hold  approximately
245,391 shares of the Common Stock (including  28,041 shares that will have been
issued to Mr.  Shanahan upon his exercise of options under the 1986 Stock Option
Agreement),  have  agreed  pursuant  to certain  agreements  that they will not,
without the prior written consent of the Underwriter,  sell, transfer, assign or
otherwise  dispose of any of their shares for a period of 180-days from the date
of this Prospectus. See "Underwriting."
    

    Prior to this  offering,  there has been no  public  market  for the  Common
Stock. No precise prediction can be made as to effect, if any, that market sales
of shares or the  availability  of shares for sale will have on the market price
of the  Common  Stock  prevailing  from time to time.  The  Company is unable to
estimate the number of shares that may be sold in the public market  pursuant to
Rule 144,  since this will depend on the market price of the Common  Stock,  the
personal circumstances of the sellers, and other factors. Nevertheless, sales of
significant  amounts of the Common Stock in the public  market  could  adversely
affect the market price of the Common Stock.


                                       73


                                  UNDERWRITING

   
    The Underwriter has agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Underwriting Agreement, to purchase from the Company the number of shares of
Common Stock indicated below opposite its name at the Public Offering Price less
underwriting  discounts  set forth on the  cover  page of this  Prospectus.  The
Underwriting  Agreement  provides that the  obligations of the  Underwriter  are
subject to certain conditions  precedent,  and that the Underwriter is committed
to purchase all of such shares, if any are purchased.
    


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 NUMBER OF
                               UNDERWRITER                        SHARES
                               -----------                        ------
<S>                                                               <C>
Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P. ..........................       550,000
                                                                  -------
   Total ..................................................       550,000
                                                                  =======
</TABLE>

   
    The  Underwriter  has  advised  the Company  that the  Underwriter  proposes
initially  to offer the Common Stock to the public on the terms set forth on the
cover page of this  Prospectus.  The Underwriter may allow to selected dealers a
concession of not more than $.35 per share,  and the Underwriter may allow,  and
such dealers may reallow,  a concession  of not more than $.05 to certain  other
dealers.  After the public offering,  the offering price and other selling terms
may be changed by the  Underwriter.  No reduction in such terms shall change the
amount of  proceeds to be received by the Company as set forth on the cover page
of this  Prospectus.  The  Common  Stock  is  offered  subject  to  receipt  and
acceptance by the Underwriter,  and to certain other  conditions,  including the
right to reject any order in whole or in part.

    The Company has an option to the Underwriter,  exercisable during the 30-day
period after the date of this Prospectus,  to purchase up to a maximum of 82,500
additional shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments,  if any, at the same
price  per  share  as  the  initial  550,000  shares  to  be  purchased  by  the
Underwriter.  To the extent that the  Underwriter  exercises  this  option,  the
Underwriter will be committed,  subject to certain conditions,  to purchase such
additional  shares.  The  Underwriter  may  purchase  such  shares only to cover
over-allotments made in connection with this offering.
    

    The  Underwriting  Agreement  provides  that the Company will  indemnify the
Underwriter against certain  liabilities,  including civil liabilities under the
Act, or will  contribute to payments the  Underwriter may be required to make in
respect thereof. The Underwriting  Agreement also provides that the Company will
pay the Underwriter's expenses in an amount not to exceed $100,000.

    The  closing of this  offering is subject to certain  conditions,  including
receipt by the  Underwriter of certain  certificates,  legal  opinions,  comfort
letters from the Company's independent public accountants and other information,
all as more specifically described in the Underwriting Agreement.  This offering
may be commenced in anticipation of satisfying these  conditions,  but there can
be no assurance  that all of the  conditions  to closing  will be satisfied  and
failure to satisfy such conditions may result in termination of this offering.

   
    The Company and each of its directors and officers,  who  immediately  after
the Public Offering will hold in the aggregate  approximately  245,391 shares of
Common Stock (including 28,041 shares that will have been issued to Mr. Shanahan
upon his exercise of options under the 1986 Stock Option  Agreement prior to the
Public Offering),  have agreed not to sell or offer to sell or otherwise dispose
of any shares of Common Stock of the Company or any right to acquire such shares
for a period of 180 days  after the date of this  Prospectus  without  the prior
written  consent  of the  Underwriter,  except  for the shares to be sold by the
Company in the Public Offering.

    Prior to this  offering,  there has been no  public  market  for the  Common
Stock.   Consequently,   the  public  offering  price  has  been  determined  by
negotiations  between  the  Company  and  the  Underwriter.  Among  the  factors
considered in such  negotiations were the history of, and the prospects for, the
Company and the industry in which it competes,  an  assessment  of the Company's
management,  the  Company's  past and present  operations,  its past and present
earnings and the trend of such  earnings,  



                                       74


the prospects for future earnings of the Company,  the general  condition of the
securities  market at the time of the offering and the market prices of publicly
traded common stocks of comparable companies in recent periods.


    The Common  Stock has been  approved for  quotation  on the Nasdaq  National
Market System under the symbol "FTFN".
    


                           CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS


   
    The  validity  of the  shares  offered  hereby  will be passed  upon for the
Company by Dick & Hague, Ltd.,  Johnston,  Rhode Island, and certain other legal
matters  will be passed  upon for the  Company  by  Bingham,  Dana & Gould  LLP,
Boston,  Massachusetts and Dick & Hague, Ltd. with respect to certain matters of
Rhode Island law.  Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Underwriter
by Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP, Boston, Massachusetts.
    

                                  EXPERTS

    The consolidated  financial  statements of the Company and its subsidiary as
of December 31, 1995 and 1994 and for each of the years in the three year period
ended  December  31, 1995  included in this  Prospectus  and  elsewhere  in this
Registration  Statement  have been audited by Arthur  Andersen LLP,  independent
public accountants,  as indicated in their report with respect thereto,  and are
included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving
said report.

                          ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

    The Company has filed with the  Commission the  Registration  Statement with
respect to the Common Stock offered hereby.  This Prospectus forms a part of the
Registration  Statement.  As  permitted  by the  rules  and  regulations  of the
Commission, this Prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in
the Registration  Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto.  For further
information  with  respect to the Company  and the Common  Stock,  reference  is
hereby made to the  Registration  Statement  and to the  schedules  and exhibits
filed  as  part  thereof.  Statements  contained  in this  Prospectus  as to the
contents of any  contract or any other  document are not  necessarily  complete,
and,  in each  instance,  if such  contract  or document is filed as an exhibit,
reference  is made to the copy of such  contract or other  document  filed as an
exhibit to the  Registration  Statement,  each such statement being qualified in
all respects by such reference. Copies of the Registration Statement,  including
all  schedules  and  exhibits  thereto,  may be copied at the  public  reference
facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth
Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549  and at  the  Regional  Offices  of the
Commission at Suite 1400, 500 West Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661 and 7
World Trade Center,  Thirteenth Floor, New York, New York 10048. Copies also may
be obtained from the Public  Reference  Section of the  Commission at Room 1024,
Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549, at prescribed
rates.


                                       75


                             FIRST FINANCIAL CORP.
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            PAGE
                                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                                         <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants .................................................   F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 .............................   F-3
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and
  1993 ...................................................................................   F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31,
  1995, 1994 and 1993 ....................................................................   F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994
  and 1993 ...............................................................................   F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ...............................................   F-7
</TABLE>


                                      F-1


                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of FIRST FINANCIAL CORP.:

    We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of First
Financial Corp. (a Rhode Island  corporation)  and subsidiary as of December 31,
1995 and 1994, and the related consolidated statements of income,  stockholders'
equity  and cash  flows  for each of the years in the three  year  period  ended
December  31,   1995.   These   consolidated   financial   statements   are  the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

    We conducted  our audits in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred to above
present  fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  financial  position of First
Financial Corp. and subsidiary as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three year
period ended December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.

    As explained in Note 1 to the consolidated  financial statements,  effective
January 1, 1994, the Company changed its method of accounting for securities.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
January 11, 1996 (except with
 respect to the matters discussed
 in the third paragraph of Note 7
 and the first  paragraph of Note
 11  as  to  which  the  date  is
 February 22, 1996.)


                                       F-2


                      FIRST FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                   ------------
                                                                                                1995           1994
                                                                                                ----           ----
    <S>                                                                                   <C>            <C>
                                                        ASSETS
    CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS ............................................................   $  1,866,249   $  2,548,584
                                                                                           ------------   ------------
    SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER AGREEMENTS TO RESELL ....................................      1,035,000      2,259,000
                                                                                              ---------      ---------
    SECURITIES (Notes 1 and 2):
        Held-to-maturity (market value: $14,566,501 in 1995 and $12,686,154 in 1994) ...     14,644,165     13,146,548
        Available-for-sale (amortized cost: $15,006,743 in 1995 and $15,113,314 in 1994)     15,131,595     14,921,825
                                                                                             ----------     ----------
           Total investment securities .................................................     29,775,760     28,068,373
    FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK STOCK .......................................................        348,100           --
                                                                                                -------     ----------       
    LOANS (Notes 1, 7 and 9):
        Commercial .....................................................................      3,549,458      3,935,106
        Commercial real estate .........................................................     32,412,836     25,094,412
        Residential real estate ........................................................     23,657,622     24,283,591
        Home equity lines of credit ....................................................      3,671,892      4,109,597
        Consumer .......................................................................      1,496,933      1,227,222
                                                                                              ---------      ---------
                                                                                             64,788,741     58,649,928
        Less -- Unearned discount ......................................................         88,141         80,814
        Allowance for possible loan losses (Notes 3 and 12) ............................      1,828,040      2,257,307
                                                                                              ---------      ---------
        Net loans ......................................................................     62,872,560     56,311,807
                                                                                             ----------     ----------
    OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED (Note 1) ...................................................      1,470,310        944,841
                                                                                              ---------        -------
    PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, net (Notes 4 and 7) ........................................      1,816,893      1,835,150
                                                                                              ---------      ---------
    OTHER ASSETS .......................................................................      1,118,950        854,062
                                                                                              ---------        -------
    TOTAL ASSETS .......................................................................   $100,303,822   $ 92,821,817
                                                                                           ============   ============

                                         LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
    DEPOSITS:
        Demand .........................................................................   $ 12,483,433   $ 12,034,673
        Savings and money market accounts ..............................................     24,191,981     32,039,871
        Time deposits (Note 5) .........................................................     52,915,128     39,109,782
                                                                                             ----------     ----------
           Total deposits ..............................................................     89,590,542     83,184,326
                                                                                             ----------     ----------
    ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES .............................................        677,059        342,552
                                                                                                -------        -------
    SENIOR DEBENTURE, net of Unamortized discount of $155,368 in 1995 and $264,221 in
      1994 (Note 12) ...................................................................      2,844,632      2,735,779
                                                                                              ---------      ---------
    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 7)
    STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Notes 2 and 11):
        Common Stock, $1 par value
         Authorized -- 5,000,000 shares in 1995 and 1,000,000 shares in 1994
         Issued -- 750,000 shares ......................................................        750,000        750,000
        Surplus ........................................................................        500,000        500,000
        Retained earnings ..............................................................      6,013,638      5,571,013
        Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale, net of taxes ..........         74,911       (114,893)
                                                                                                 ------       -------- 
                                                                                              7,338,549      6,706,120
        Less -- Treasury stock, at cost, 66,800 shares .................................        146,960        146,960
                                                                                                -------        -------
           Total stockholders' equity ..................................................      7,191,589      6,559,160
                                                                                              ---------      ---------
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY .........................................   $100,303,822   $ 92,821,817
                                                                                           ============   ============
</TABLE>

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-3


                      FIRST FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                ------------------------
                                                                              1995         1994         1993
                                                                              ----         ----         ----
<S>                                                                      <C>          <C>          <C>
INTEREST INCOME:
   Interest and fees on loans (Note 1) ...............................   $ 5,994,034   $ 5,513,587   $ 5,298,681
   Interest on investment securities --
       U.S. Government and agency obligations ........................     1,432,729     1,010,386       983,074
       Collateralized mortgage obligations ...........................       154,783        96,948        13,259
       Marketable equity securities ..................................         1,320         1,020           860
   Interest on cash equivalents (Note 1) .............................       149,153       171,650       328,303
                                                                             -------       -------       -------
       Total interest income .........................................     7,732,019     6,793,591     6,624,177
                                                                           ---------     ---------     ---------
INTEREST EXPENSE:
   Interest on deposits ..............................................     3,429,019     2,449,860     2,621,004
   Interest on debenture (Note 12) ...................................       239,653       178,976       167,268
   Interest on reverse repurchase agreements .........................          --            --          14,437
                                                                           ---------     ---------        ------
       Total interest expense ........................................     3,668,672     2,628,836     2,802,709
                                                                           ---------     ---------     ---------
       Net interest income ...........................................     4,063,347     4,164,755     3,821,468
PROVISION FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES (Note 1) ..........................       675,000       555,000       545,000
                                                                             -------       -------       -------
   Net interest income after provision for possible loan losses ......     3,388,347     3,609,755     3,276,468
                                                                           ---------     ---------     ---------
NONINTEREST INCOME:
   Service charges on deposits .......................................       285,413       256,102       256,115
   Gain on loan sales ................................................        94,467        29,133          --
   Other .............................................................        93,978       104,406       152,455
                                                                              ------       -------       -------
       Total noninterest income ......................................       473,858       389,641       408,570
                                                                             -------       -------       -------
NONINTEREST EXPENSE:
   Salaries and employee benefits (Note 10) ..........................     1,566,105     1,554,326     1,385,515
   Occupancy expense .................................................       337,032       342,179       364,251
   Equipment expense .................................................       196,172       175,420       227,289
   Other real estate owned (gains) losses, and expenses ..............       187,776        44,033       (25,575)
   Computer services .................................................       150,603       130,042       123,395
   Deposit insurance assessments .....................................        95,483       176,972       179,739
   Other operating expenses ..........................................       559,740       565,375       549,940
                                                                             -------       -------       -------
       Total noninterest expense .....................................     3,092,911     2,988,347     2,804,554
                                                                           ---------     ---------     ---------
       Income before provision for income taxes ......................       769,294     1,011,049       880,484
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES (Note 8) ..................................       251,517       399,148       330,129
                                                                             -------       -------       -------
       Net income ....................................................   $   517,777   $   611,901   $   550,355
                                                                         ===========   ===========   ===========
Earnings per share ...................................................   $      0.71   $      0.84   $      0.76
                                                                         ===========   ===========   ===========
Weighted average common and common stock equivalent shares outstanding       728,708       727,573       726,459
                                                                             =======       =======       =======
</TABLE>

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-4


                      FIRST FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     UNREALIZED
                                                                                     GAIN (LOSS)
                                                                                    ON SECURITIES
                                                                                      AVAILABLE                       TOTAL
                                               COMMON                  RETAINED     FOR SALE, NET    TREASURY      STOCKHOLDERS'
                                               STOCK       SURPLUS     EARNINGS        OF TAXES        STOCK          EQUITY
                                               -----       -------     --------        --------        -----          ------
<S>                                      <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Balance, December 31, 1992 ............   $   750,000   $   500,000   $ 4,518,068    $      --      $  (146,960)   $ 5,621,108
Net income ............................          --            --         550,355           --             --          550,355
Dividends ($.07 per share) ............          --            --         (47,824)          --             --          (47,824)
                                              -------       -------       -------       -------         -------        ------- 
Balance, December 31, 1993 ............       750,000       500,000     5,020,599           --         (146,960)     6,123,639
Net income ............................          --            --         611,901           --             --          611,901
Dividends ($.09 per share) ............          --            --         (61,487)          --             --          (61,487)
Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on
  securities available-for-sale .......          --            --            --         (114,893)          --         (114,893)
                                              -------       -------       -------       --------        -------       -------- 
Balance, December 31, 1994 ............       750,000       500,000     5,571,013       (114,893)      (146,960)     6,559,160
Net income ............................          --            --         517,777           --             --          517,777
Dividends ($.11 per share) ............          --            --         (75,152)          --             --          (75,152)
Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on
  securities available-for-sale .......          --            --            --          189,804           --          189,804
                                             -------       -------       -------         -------        -------        -------
Balance, December 31, 1995 ............   $   750,000   $   500,000   $ 6,013,638    $    74,911    $  (146,960)   $ 7,191,589
                  === ====                ===========   ===========   ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-5


                      FIRST FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                 ------------------------
                                                                                            1995           1994           1993
                                                                                            ----           ----           ----
<S>                                                                                   <C>             <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net income ......................................................................   $    517,777    $    611,901    $    550,355
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
     Provision for possible loan losses ............................................        675,000         555,000         545,000
     Depreciation and amortization .................................................        171,201         147,740         147,138
     Losses (gains) on OREO ........................................................        112,302          30,742         (29,222)
     Gain on sales of loans ........................................................        (94,467)        (29,133)           --
   Proceeds from sales of loans ....................................................      1,002,982         338,078            --
   Loans originated for sale .......................................................       (908,515)       (308,945)           --
   Net (accretion) on investment securities held-to-maturity .......................        (11,698)        (82,186)        (46,253)
   Net (accretion) amortization on investment securities available-for-sale ........        (89,580)         46,187            --
   Net increase (decrease) in unearned discount ....................................          7,327           7,159          (4,317)
   Net (increase) decrease in other assets .........................................       (264,888)       (271,367)        291,152
   Accretion of discount on debenture ..............................................        192,312         178,976         167,268
   Net increase (decrease) in deferred loan fees ...................................         37,297          (3,907)         62,676
   Net increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities ...............        124,512         (36,058)        112,342
                                                                                            -------         -------         -------
          Net cash provided by operating activities ................................      1,471,562       1,184,187       1,796,139
                                                                                          ---------       ---------       ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank stock ........................................       (348,100)           --              --
   Proceeds from maturities of investment securities held-to-maturity ..............     10,318,259      37,481,225      82,000,000
   Proceeds from maturities of investment securities available-for-sale ............     32,380,000       5,500,000            --
   Purchase of investment securities held-to-maturity ..............................    (11,804,178)    (35,080,210)    (90,389,574)
   Purchase of investment securities available-for-sale ............................    (32,183,850)     (8,590,672)           --
   Net increase in loans ...........................................................     (8,534,422)     (5,115,528)     (6,216,429)
   Purchase of premises and equipment ..............................................       (152,944)       (387,387)        (29,204)
   Sales of OREO ...................................................................        616,274       1,021,778         226,722
                                                                                            -------       ---------         -------
          Net cash used in investing activities ....................................     (9,708,961)     (5,170,794)    (14,408,485)
                                                                                         ----------      ----------     ----------- 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Net increase(decrease) in demand accounts .......................................        448,760         987,195     (10,942,004)
   Net (decrease) increase in savings and money market accounts ....................     (7,847,890)       (763,206)        850,424
   Net increase in time deposits ...................................................     13,805,346       4,425,079       1,932,295
   Net decrease in reverse repurchase agreements ...................................           --              --        (1,600,000)
   Dividends paid ..................................................................        (75,152)        (61,487)        (47,824)
                                                                                            -------         -------         ------- 
          Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ......................      6,331,064       4,587,581      (9,807,109)
                                                                                          ---------       ---------      ---------- 
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS ...............................     (1,906,335)        600,974     (22,419,455)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR .......................................      4,807,584       4,206,610      26,626,065
                                                                                          ---------       ---------      ----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR .............................................   $  2,901,249    $  4,807,584    $  4,206,610
                                                                                       ============    ============    ============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
   Interest paid ...................................................................   $  3,606,104    $  2,434,918    $  2,629,589
                                                                                       ============    ============    ============
   Income taxes paid ...............................................................   $    331,250    $    473,250    $    163,000
                                                                                       ============    ============    ============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH TRANSACTIONS:
   Transfer of loans to OREO .......................................................   $  1,257,259    $    500,570    $  1,407,339
                                                                                       ============    ============    ============
</TABLE>

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-6


                      FIRST FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

    The accompanying  consolidated  financial statements include the accounts of
the Company and the Bank, after elimination of all intercompany transactions and
balances.  Certain  reclassifications  have been made to prior year  balances to
conform with the current year presentation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

    For the purpose of reporting cash flows,  cash and cash equivalents  include
cash on hand, amounts due from banks and securities purchased under agreement to
resell,  which  represent  short-term   investments  in  government   securities
purchased from another institution.

Use of Estimates

    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Loans

    Interest on  commercial,  real estate and consumer loans is accrued based on
the principal amounts  outstanding.  Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when,
in the judgment of management,  the collection of principal or interest  becomes
doubtful.  In making this  judgment,  management  considers a number of factors,
including the length of time the loan has been delinquent (greater than 90 days)
and the financial condition of the borrower.

    Effective   January  1,  1995,  the  Bank  adopted  Statement  of  Financial
Accounting  Standards (SFAS) No. 114, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of
a Loan," as  amended  by SFAS No.  118 (SFAS No.  114,  as  amended).  A loan is
impaired when,  based on current  information and events,  it is probable that a
creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the  contractual
terms of the loan  agreement.  SFAS No. 114, as amended,  requires that impaired
loans be  measured  based on the  present  value of  expected  future cash flows
discounted at the loan's effective  interest rate or, as a practical  expedient,
at the loan's observable market price or the face value of the collateral if the
loan is  collateral-dependent.  Currently, all impaired loans have been measured
through the latter method.  All loans on nonaccrual  status are considered to be
impaired under SFAS No. 114. All adversely classified loans at December 31, 1995
are also  considered  to be impaired.  When the measure of the impaired  loan is
less than the  recorded  investments  in the loan,  the  impairment  is recorded
through  a  valuation  allowance.  All  loans  are  individually  evaluated  for
impairment according to the Bank's normal loan review process, including overall
credit evaluation and rating,  nonaccrual status and payment  experience.  Loans
identified  as impaired are  individually  further  evaluated  to determine  the
estimated  extent of  impairment.  For  collateral-based  loans,  the  extent of
impairment is the shortfall,  if any, between the collateral value less costs to
dispose of such  collateral  and the carrying  value of the loan. As a result of
adopting SFAS No. 114, as amended,  no additional  allowance for loan losses was
required as of January 1, 1995.

    The Bank's  policy is to  discontinue  the accrual of interest on loans when
scheduled  payments  become  past due in  excess of 90 days,  and  when,  in the
judgment of  management,  the ultimate  collectibility  of principal or interest
becomes  doubtful.  When a loan is placed on  nonaccrual  status,  all  interest
previously  accrued but not  collected is generally  reversed  against  interest
income in the current


                                      F-7


                      FIRST FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                  Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED)

period.  Interest  income is recognized on an accrual basis for impaired  loans,
until such loans are placed on nonaccrual status.  The Bank recognizes  interest
income  on  these   nonaccrual   loans  on  a  cash  basis  when  the   ultimate
collectibility of principal is no longer considered  doubtful.  Otherwise,  cash
payments on nonaccrual loans are applied to principal.

Provision and Allowance for Possible Loan Losses

    The balance of the allowance and the amount of the annual provision  charged
to expense are estimated amounts based on past loan loss experience,  changes in
the  character  and size of the loan  portfolio,  current and expected  economic
conditions,  and other  pertinent  factors.  Ultimate  losses  may vary from the
current estimates. These estimates are reviewed periodically, and as adjustments
become  necessary,  they are reported as an expense in the periods in which they
become known. The allowance is maintained at a level considered by management to
be adequate to cover  reasonably  foreseeable  loan  losses.  Losses are charged
against the allowance for possible loan losses when management believes that the
collectibility of principal is unlikely.

Investment Securities

    On January 1, 1994, the Bank adopted SFAS No. 115,  "Accounting  for Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities," which had an immaterial impact as of
that date. This statement addresses the accounting and reporting for investments
in equity  securities  that have  readily  determinable  fair values and for all
investments in debt securities. Under this statement,  securities are classified
as held-to-  maturity,  available-for-sale  or  trading.  Debt  securities  that
management  has  the  positive  intent  and  ability  to hold  to  maturity  are
classified  as  held-to-maturity  and are  carried  at  cost,  adjusted  for the
amortization of premium or the accretion of discount.

    Debt and equity securities with readily determinable market values which are
bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term are
classified as trading  securities and are carried at fair value, with unrealized
gains and losses  included in current  earnings.  At December 31, 1995 and 1994,
the Bank had no securities classified as trading.

    Debt and equity  securities  not  classified as either  held-to-maturity  or
trading are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value, with
unrealized  after-tax  gains and  losses  reported  as a separate  component  of
stockholders' equity.

Income Taxes

    Deferred tax assets and  liabilities  are  reflected  at  currently  enacted
income tax rates  applicable  to the period in which the  deferred tax assets or
liabilities  are  expected to be realized or settled.  As changes in tax laws or
rates are enacted, assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for
income taxes.

Premises and Equipment

    Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and
amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line
method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

    The following is a summary of the lives over which the Bank computes
depreciation:

Buildings and Improvements .......................................  10-40 years
Furniture and Fixtures ...........................................  10-20 years
Equipment ........................................................   5-10 years


                                      F-8


                      FIRST FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                  Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED)

    When a  property  is  retired  or  otherwise  disposed  of,  the  asset  and
accumulated  depreciation are removed from the accounts,  and any resulting gain
or loss is reflected in the  consolidated  statements of income.  Costs of major
additions and improvements are capitalized, and expenditures for maintenance and
repairs are charged to operations as incurred.

Other Real Estate Owned

    Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are
to be sold and are initially  recorded at fair value at the date of  foreclosure
establishing a new cost basis.  After  foreclosure,  valuations are periodically
performed by management  and the real estate is carried at the lower of carrying
amount or fair value less cost to sell.  Expenses from operations and changes in
valuations are included in other real estate owned (gains) losses and expenses.

Earnings Per Share

    Earnings  per share is  determined  by dividing  net income by the  weighted
average number of common shares and common stock equivalent shares  outstanding.
Common stock  equivalent  shares  represent the assumed  exercise of outstanding
stock options,  net of shares assumed to be repurchased using the treasury stock
method, if dilutive.

(2) INVESTMENT SECURITIES

    The estimated  market value and carrying value at December 31, 1995 and 1994
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                                      -----------------
                                                                     GROSS        GROSS
                                                      AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED     ESTIMATED
                                                        COST         GAINS        LOSSES     MARKET VALUE
                                                        ----         -----        ------     ------------
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>          <C>         <C>
Held-to-maturity --
   U.S. Government & agency obligations ...........  $12,595,739    $  16,430    $ 61,600     $ 12,550,569
   Collateralized mortgage obligations ............    2,048,426        2,488      34,982        2,015,932
                                                       ---------        -----      ------        ---------
                                                     $14,644,165    $  18,918     $96,582     $ 14,566,501
                                                     ===========    =========     =======     ============
Available-for-sale --
   U.S. Government & agency obligations ...........  $14,994,993    $  97,762     $ 4,660     $ 15,088,095
   Marketable equity security .....................       11,750       31,750       --              43,500
                                                          ------       ------       -----           ------
                                                     $15,006,743    $ 129,512     $ 4,660     $ 15,131,595
                                                     ===========    =========     =======     ============
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      DECEMBER 31, 1994
                                                                      -----------------
                                                                     GROSS        GROSS
                                                      AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED     ESTIMATED
                                                        COST         GAINS        LOSSES     MARKET VALUE
                                                        ----         -----        ------     ------------
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>          <C>         <C>
Held-to-maturity --
   U.S. Government & agency obligations ...........  $10,751,972    $  --        $342,119    $ 10,409,853
   Collateralized mortgage obligations ............    2,394,576       --         118,275       2,276,301
                                                       ---------    ------        -------       ---------
                                                     $13,146,548    $  --        $460,394    $ 12,686,154
                                                     ===========    ======       ========    ============
Available-for-sale --
   U.S. Government & agency obligations ...........  $15,101,564    $  --        $211,239    $ 14,890,325
   Marketable equity security .....................       11,750     19,750         --             31,500
                                                          ------     ------       -------          ------
                                                     $15,113,314    $19,750      $211,239    $ 14,921,825
                                                     ===========    =======      ========    ============
</TABLE>

    There were no sales of securities  during the years ended December 31, 1995,
1994 and 1993.


                                      F-9


                      FIRST FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                  Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

(2) INVESTMENT SECURITIES -- (CONTINUED)

    A  schedule  of the  maturity  distribution  of U.S.  Government  and agency
obligations is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                                        -----------------
                                                          HELD-TO-MATURITY            AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
                                                          ----------------            ------------------
                                                      AMORTIZED     ESTIMATED      AMORTIZED      ESTIMATED
                                                        COST       MARKET VALUE      COST       MARKET VALUE
                                                        ----       ------------      ----       ------------
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>
Within one year ................................     $   749,659  $    755,905   $  9,497,412  $   9,530,495
Over one year to five years ....................      11,846,080    11,794,664      5,497,581      5,557,600
                                                      ----------    ----------      ---------      ---------
                                                     $12,595,739   $12,550,569    $14,994,993   $ 15,088,095
                                                     ===========   ===========    ===========   ============
</TABLE>

    At December 31, 1995,  approximately  $6,700,000 of debt securities maturing
in the  one-to-five-year  period are subject to periodic rate adjustment  within
one year.

    At December 31, 1995, the collateralized mortgage obligations have principal
payment windows which extend through September 1998.

    Investment  securities having a book value of $1,407,800 and $1,150,079,  at
December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively,  were pledged as collateral for public
deposits and other purposes, as required by law.

(3) ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES

    In 1992,  the Bank  acquired  certain  assets and  assumed  certain  deposit
liabilities of the former Chariho-Exeter Credit Union ("Chariho").  The Bank and
the State of Rhode Island Depositors Economic Protection  Corporation  ("DEPCO")
established a reserve for possible loan losses of $3,850,000 for loans acquired.
This  reserve  is  available  only  for  loans  of  Chariho  existing  as of the
acquisition  date.  The  following  analysis  summarizes  activity  for both the
acquired reserve and the Bank's reserve for possible loan losses.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            ------------
                                                                  1995         1994          1993
                                                                  ----         ----          ----
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>          <C>
Bank Reserve:
   Balance at beginning of period ...........................  $  764,106  $   704,102   $   624,603
       Provision ............................................     675,000      555,000       545,000
       Loan charge-offs .....................................    (715,507)    (624,867)     (577,119)
       Recoveries ...........................................     138,094      129,871       111,618
                                                                  -------      -------       -------
   Balance at end of period .................................     861,693      764,106       704,102
                                                                  -------      -------       -------
Acquired Reserve:
   Balance at beginning of period ...........................   1,493,201    1,595,753       789,539
       Loan charge-offs .....................................    (528,210)    (462,596)     (415,377)
       Recoveries ...........................................       1,356      360,044     1,221,591
                                                                    -----      -------     ---------
   Balance at end of period .................................     966,347    1,493,201     1,595,753
                                                                  -------    ---------     ---------
Total Reserve ...............................................  $1,828,040   $2,257,307   $ 2,299,855
                                                               ==========   ==========   ===========
</TABLE>

    As set forth in the Chariho Acquisition Agreement, the remaining balance, if
any, in the acquired  reserve at May 1, 1999,  less an amount equal to 1% of the
remaining  acquired loans, must be refunded to DEPCO.  Conversely,  in the event
the reserve is inadequate,  additional loan  charge-offs  will reduce the amount
owed on the debenture  issued to DEPCO in connection  with the  acquisition.  At
December 31, 1995, the remaining balance of acquired loans was $6,147,000.


                                      F-10


                      FIRST FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                  Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

(3) ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES -- (CONTINUED)

    At December 31, 1995, the Bank's  recorded  investment in impaired loans was
$1,223,781 of which $786,908 was determined to require a valuation  allowance of
$273,068 as  calculated  under SFAS No. 114,  as amended.  The average  recorded
investment in impaired loans during 1995 was $1,844,050.

    At  December  31,  1995 and 1994,  nonaccrual  loans  totaled  $519,193  and
$521,293,  respectively.  Had nonaccrual  loans been accruing,  interest  income
would have  increased  by  $57,357,  $44,940  and  $32,010  for the years  ended
December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.  For the year ended December 31,
1995,  interest income on impaired loans totaled  $75,692.  At December 31, 1995
and 1994, all acquired loans were performing.

(4) PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

    Premises and equipment are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     ------------
                                                                 1995          1994
                                                                 ----          ----
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
Land and improvements .....................................   $  673,407   $    598,892
Buildings and improvements ................................    1,254,336      1,241,385
Furniture, fixtures and equipment .........................    1,170,592      1,138,745
                                                               ---------      ---------
                                                               3,098,335      2,979,022
Less -- Accumulated depreciation ..........................    1,281,442      1,143,872
                                                               ---------      ---------
                                                              $1,816,893    $ 1,835,150
                                                              ==========    ===========
</TABLE>

(5) TIME DEPOSITS

    At December 31, 1995, scheduled maturities of time deposits were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DENOMINATION
                                                              ------------
                                                 $100,000
MATURITY                                          OR MORE       OTHER          TOTAL
- --------                                          -------       -----          -----
<S>                                             <C>          <C>           <C>
1996 ........................................   $3,289,679   $26,209,607   $ 29,499,286
1997 ........................................    2,304,664    16,225,444     18,530,108
1998 ........................................       --         4,069,407      4,069,407
1999 ........................................      100,000       239,836        339,836
2000 ........................................      146,757       329,734        476,491
- ----                                               -------       -------        -------
                                                $5,841,100   $47,074,028   $ 52,915,128
                                                ==========   ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

    Included in total time deposits are  $25,092,737 of  certificates of deposit
which are subject to repricing on a quarterly  basis (indexed to the three month
yield on U.S. Treasury bills).  These time deposits have maturities which extend
through 1998.

(6) FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES

    During  1995,  the Bank  became a member  of the  Federal  Home Loan Bank of
Boston.  At December 31, 1995, the Bank had no  outstanding  advances and had an
unused  borrowing  capacity of  $4,177,200  with the  Federal  Home Loan Bank of
Boston.

(7) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases

    The Bank leases the land on which its Cranston branch office is located. The
annual rental expense under this lease, which contains renewal options extending
to 2009,  is $18,500  through  May 1999,  at which time  annual  rental  expense
increases to $21,500 through May 2004 and $24,500 through May 2009.


                                      F-11


                      FIRST FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                  Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

(7) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES -- (CONTINUED)

Litigation

    As of December 31,  1995,  the Bank was  involved in certain  lawsuits  that
arose in the ordinary course of business.  Management has reviewed these actions
with legal counsel and has taken into  consideration  the views of counsel as to
the outcome of the litigation.  In management's  opinion,  final  disposition of
such lawsuits will not have a materially  adverse effect on the Bank's financial
position or results of operations.

Employment Contract

    In February 1996,  the Bank amended the employment  agreement with its chief
executive  officer.  This agreement provides for, among other things, a lump sum
severance  payment  equal to 2.99 times  annual base salary (as  defined) in the
event  of a  "change-in-control"  (as  defined)  and  upon  either  elective  or
involuntary  termination  thereafter.  This  Agreement,  which has an indefinite
term, provides for an annual increase in salary of not less than 5%.

Financial Instruments With Off-balance-sheet Risk and Concentration of
Credit Risk

    In the normal course of business,  the Bank enters into various commitments,
such as commitments to extend credit and guarantees  (including  standby letters
of credit),  which are not reflected in the accompanying  consolidated financial
statements.  These instruments  involve, to varying degrees,  elements of credit
and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts  recognized in the  accompanying
consolidated  balance sheets. The contract amounts of those instruments  reflect
the  extent of  involvement  the Bank has in  particular  classes  of  financial
instruments.

    The Bank's  exposure  to credit loss in the event of  nonperformance  by the
other party to the financial  instruments  for  commitments to extend credit and
standby  letters of credit is  represented  by the  contractual  amount of those
instruments.  The Bank uses the same credit  policies in making  commitments and
conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

    Off-balance-sheet  instruments,  whose contract amounts present credit risk,
include the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                            ------------
                                                         1995          1994
                                                         ----          ----
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>
Unused portion of existing lines of credit .........  $4,048,403    $5,826,461
Unadvanced construction loans ......................   1,043,653       446,654
Firm commitments to extend credit ..................   2,468,000       135,000
</TABLE>

    Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as
there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Commitments
generally  have fixed  expiration  dates or other  termination  clauses  and may
require payment of a fee. Since some of the commitments may expire without being
drawn upon, the total  commitment  amounts do not necessarily  represent  future
cash  requirements.  The Bank evaluates each  customer's  creditworthiness  on a
case-by-case  basis.  The amount of collateral  obtained  upon  extension of the
credit is based on management's  credit  evaluation of the customer.  Collateral
held varies but may include accounts receivable,  inventory, property, plant and
equipment, and income-producing commercial real estate.

    The Bank originates  primarily  residential and commercial real estate loans
and, to a lesser extent, commercial and installment loans to customers primarily
located in the State of Rhode Island and, to an even lesser extent, southeastern
Massachusetts.  The Bank  operates two branches in the  metropolitan  Providence
area,  and one branch in South  County,  Rhode  Island.  Its  primary  source of
revenue  is  providing  loans  to  customers  who are  predominantly  small  and
middle-market businesses and middle-income individuals.


                                      F-12


                      FIRST FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                  Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

(8) INCOME TAXES

    The provision for income taxes consists of the following components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                          ------------
                                                  1995       1994        1993
                                                  ----       ----        ----
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
Federal --
   Current ..................................   $332,667   $365,655   $ 327,991
   Deferred (prepaid) .......................    (82,400)    22,700      (3,490)
State .......................................      1,250     10,793       5,628
                                                   -----     ------       -----
                                                $251,517   $399,148   $ 330,129
                                                ========   ========   =========
</TABLE>

    The provision for income taxes differs from the amount  computed by applying
the statutory rate of 34%, as summarized below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                           ------------
                                                   1995       1994        1993
                                                   ----       ----        ----
<S>                                              <C>        <C>        <C>
Provision for income taxes at statutory rate .   $261,560   $343,757   $ 299,365
State taxes, net of federal benefit ..........        825      7,123       3,714
Other ........................................    (10,868)    48,268      27,050
                                                  -------     ------      ------
                                                 $251,517   $399,148   $ 330,129
                                                 ========   ========   =========
</TABLE>

    The approximate tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to gross
deferred tax assets and gross deferred tax  liabilities at December 31, 1995 and
1994 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                   ------------
                                                                                 1995        1994
                                                                                 ----        ----
<S>                                                                            <C>         <C>
Gross deferred tax assets:
   Reserve for possible loan losses .......................................    $169,680    $156,726
   Deferred loan origination fees .........................................      25,648      12,834
   Capital losses carryforward ............................................      34,300      34,300
   OREO writedowns ........................................................      64,000      26,000
   Other ..................................................................      26,298
                                                                                 ------     -------
Gross deferred tax assets .................................................     319,926     229,860
Valuation allowance .......................................................     (34,300)    (34,300)
                                                                                -------     ------- 
Gross Deferred tax assets -- net of valuation allowance ...................     285,626     195,560
                                                                                -------     -------
Gross deferred tax liabilities:
   Depreciation ...........................................................     178,661     180,574
   Installment sales ......................................................      31,265      21,686
                                                                                 ------      ------
Gross deferred tax liabilities ............................................     209,926     202,260
                                                                                -------     -------
Net deferred tax asset (liability) ........................................    $ 75,700    $ (6,700)
                                                                               ========    ======== 
</TABLE>

    The valuation  allowance relates to capital loss  carryforwards that may not
be utilized for federal income tax purposes.


                                      F-13


                      FIRST FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                  Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

(9) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    Related  party loans are made on  substantially  the same  terms,  including
interest rates and  collateral,  as those  prevailing at the time for comparable
transactions with unrelated persons, and do not involve more than normal risk of
collectibility.

    In 1995, related party loan activity was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                <C>
 Balance at beginning of period .........................           $ 1,783,740
   Originations .........................................             1,155,782
   Payments .............................................            (1,191,310)
   Other ................................................                (9,596)
                                                                         ------ 
Balance at end of period ................................           $ 1,738,616
                                                                    ===========
</TABLE>

(10) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

    The Bank is a member  of the  FIRF,  which  sponsors  the  Pension  Plan,  a
multiple  employer  pension plan. As a participant in the Pension Plan, the Bank
expenses its  contributions  to this plan,  which is accounted  for as a defined
contribution  plan.  The  Bank's  pension  expense  under the  Pension  Plan was
$66,685,  $83,889 and $60,459,  for the years ended December 31, 1995,  1994 and
1993, respectively.

    Effective  January 1, 1995, the Bank  established a nonqualified  retirement
plan to provide  supplemental  retirement benefits to designated employees whose
pension  benefits  under the Pension Plan is  otherwise  limited by the Internal
Revenue Code  regulations.  A liability  and  transition  asset of $121,707 were
recorded in accordance with Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards (SFAS)
No. 87, "Employer's Accounting for Pensions".

    The  following  table sets forth the  non-qualified  plan's  funded  status,
amounts  recognized in the  consolidated  balance sheet as of December 31, 1995,
and net pension expense for the year ended December 31, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                               <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligation:
   Vested accumulated benefit obligation .......................................   $(187,451)
                                                                                   ========= 
   Projected benefit obligation ................................................   $(322,747)
   Plan assets at fair value ...................................................        --
                                                                                   ---------
                                                                                   $(322,747)
   Unrecognized prior service cost .............................................   $ 257,003
   Unrecognized net asset being recognized over 10 years .......................   $(121,707)
                                                                                   --------- 
   Accrued pension cost ........................................................   $(187,451)
                                                                                   ========= 
Net pension expense:
   Service costs -- benefits attributable to service during the period .........   $  15,771
   Interest cost on projected benefit obligation ...............................      21,417
   Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost .............................      28,556
                                                                                      ------
                                                                                   $  65,744
                                                                                   =========
For  calculating  1995 pension  costs for this  nonqualified  plan the following
  assumptions were used:
   Assumed discount rate .......................................................         7.5%
   Rate of increase in compensation level ......................................         5.0%
   Amortization period for unrecognized prior service cost .....................     10 year
</TABLE>


                                      F-14


                      FIRST FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                  Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

(11) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

    In November 1986, the Company granted a non-statutory  option ("Stock Option
Agreement")  to purchase  60,000  shares of common stock to its Chief  Executive
Officer at an exercise price of $2.50 per share, the estimated fair market value
of the Company's stock at that time.  These options are exercisable for a period
of 10 years from the date of grant. All of these options remain outstanding.  In
February of 1996,  the Company  amended the Stock Option  Agreement to allow the
offset of the shares otherwise  issuable under the Stock Option Agreement by the
number  of  shares  required  to  exercise  the  options  and  pay  the  minimum
withholding tax requirement.

    In 1995,  the Company's  stockholders  approved an increase in the number of
authorized  shares from 1,000,000 shares to 5,000,000 shares with a par value of
$1 per share. Also, in 1994, the Company's  stockholders approved an increase in
the number of authorized  shares from 500,000 shares with a par value of $10 per
share to  1,000,000  shares  with a par value of $1 per share.  Effective  as of
December 1, 1994, the Company Board approved the 10-for-1 Stock Split. All share
information contained herein has been restated to reflect the split.

(12) CHARIHO-EXETER CREDIT UNION ACQUISITION

    In May  1992,  the Bank  entered  into the  Acquisition  Agreement  with the
receiver for Chariho and DEPCO.

    In connection  with the  Acquisition  Agreement,  the Company entered into a
Securities  Purchase  Agreement with DEPCO.  Under this  agreement,  the Company
issued the Senior Debenture,  a $3 million variable rate debenture to DEPCO. The
Company invested the proceeds on the issuance of the debenture as a contribution
of  capital to the Bank.  Under the terms of the  debenture,  interest  began to
accrue  on  the  third  anniversary  of the  Senior  Debenture  and  is  payable
semiannually  thereafter.  The Senior  Debenture  bears  interest at the average
five-year Treasury rate (indexed rate) plus 1% until maturity and at the indexed
rate plus 4% during the extension period.

    A discount of $717,005  was  recorded  to reduce the  carrying  value of the
Senior  Debenture  at the  date of  issuance  in  recognition  of its  favorable
interest  terms.  This  discount is being  accreted over the initial term of the
Senior Debenture on the level yield method at 7%. The discount accretion for the
years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 amounted to $192,312,  $178,976 and
$167,268,   respectively,   and  is  classified  as  interest   expense  in  the
accompanying consolidated statements of income.

    The Senior  Debenture is scheduled to mature on May 31, 1999;  however,  the
Company may, at its option,  extend the  maturity  date to May 1, 2002 for up to
one half of the then outstanding principal balance.

    As  discussed  in Note 3, the Bank may,  through  May 1,  1999,  charge  net
acquired  loan losses in excess of the acquired  loan loss reserve of $3,850,000
against the outstanding Senior Debenture to the extent of $3,000,000.

(13) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

    Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, "Disclosures about Fair
Value of Financial  Instruments" as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 119 "Disclosure about Derivative Financial  Instruments and
Fair Value of Financial Instruments," collectively


                                      F-15


                      FIRST FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                  Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

(13) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

referred to as SFAS No. 107 requires that the Company  disclose  estimated  fair
values for certain of its financial  instruments.  Financial instruments include
such  items as loans,  securities,  deposits,  swaps and  other  instruments  as
defined in the standard.

    The statement requires that where available, quoted market prices be used to
estimate fair values. Many of the Bank's financial instruments, however, lack an
available  trading market as characterized by a willing buyer and willing seller
engaging in an  exchange  transaction.  It is the Bank's  general  practice  and
intent to hold the  majority  of its  financial  instruments,  such as loans and
deposits, to maturity and not engage in trading or sales activities.  Therefore,
valuation  techniques  permitted  by  the  statement,   such  as  present  value
calculations, were used for the purposes of this disclosure.

    Management   notes   that   reasonable   comparability   between   financial
institutions  may not  necessarily  be made due to the wide  range of  permitted
valuation techniques and numerous estimates which must be made given the absence
of active secondary markets for many of the financial instruments.  This lack of
uniform valuation methodologies also introduces a greater degree of subjectivity
to these estimated fair values.

    The methods and  assumptions  used to estimate the fair values of each class
of financial instruments are as follows:

    Cash and Due from  Banks,  and  Securities  Purchased  Under  Agreements  to
Resell.  These items are generally  short-term in nature and,  accordingly,  the
carrying  amounts  reported in the  consolidated  balance  sheet are  reasonable
approximations of their fair values.

    Securities Held-to-Maturity and Available-for-Sale. Fair values are
based principally on quoted market prices.

    Loans.  The fair value of accruing  loans is  estimated by  discounting  the
future cash flows using the current  rates at which  similar loans would be made
to borrowers with similar  credit ratings and for the same remaining  maturities
or for classified loans using a discount rate that reflects the risk inherent in
the loan.

    The fair value of nonaccrual  loans is estimated based on the estimated fair
market value of the underlying collateral held.

    Deposits.  The fair value of demand,  NOW, savings and money market deposits
is the amount  payable on demand at the reporting  date.  The fair value of time
deposits is estimated  using  discounted  value of contractual  cash flows.  The
discount rates are the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining
maturities.

    Senior Debenture. The face value of the senior debenture is considered
to approximate its fair value.

    Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby  Letters of Credit.  The fair value
of  commitments  is  estimated  using the fees  currently  charged to enter into
similar  agreements,  taking into account the remaining  terms of the agreements
and the present  creditworthiness  of the  counterparties.  For fixed-rate  loan
commitments,  fair value also considers the difference between current levels of
interest  rates and the  committed  rates.  Accordingly,  the fair market  value
amounts  (considered  to be  the  discounted  present  value  of  the  remaining
contractual fees over the unexpired commitment period) would not be material.


                                      F-16


                      FIRST FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                  Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

(13) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

    As of December 31, 1995, the estimated fair value of the Company's financial
instruments are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               CARRYING     ESTIMATED
                                                                                AMOUNT      FAIR VALUE
                                                                                ------      ----------
<S>                                                                         <C>            <C>
                                                 ASSETS
Cash and due from banks and securities purchased under agreement to resell   $ 2,901,249     2,901,249
Securities:
   Held-to-Maturity ......................................................    14,644,165    14,566,501
   Available-for-sale ....................................................    15,131,595    15,131,595
Federal Home Loan Bank stock .............................................       348,100       348,100
Loans -- Net .............................................................    62,872,560    63,253,000

                                              LIABILITIES
Deposits .................................................................    89,590,542    89,964,000
Senior debenture .........................................................     2,844,632     3,000,000
</TABLE>

(14) THE COMPANY (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

    The  condensed  separate  financial  statements of the Company are presented
below.

                         CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  ------------
                                                                               1995          1994
                                                                               ----          ----
<S>                                                                        <C>            <C>
                                                 ASSETS
Investment in subsidiary bank ..........................................   $ 10,648,596    $  9,857,997
                                                                           ------------    ------------
   Total Assets ........................................................   $ 10,648,596    $  9,857,997
                                                                           ============    ============

                                  LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Senior debenture, net of unamortized discount ..........................   $  2,844,632    $  2,735,779
Intercompany payable ...................................................        612,375         563,058
                                                                           ------------    ------------
                                                                              3,457,007       3,298,837
                                                                           ------------    ------------
Stockholders' Equity:
   Common Stock ........................................................        750,000         750,000
   Surplus .............................................................        500,000         500,000
   Retained Earnings ...................................................      6,013,638       5,571,013
   Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale, net of taxes         74,911       7,338,549
                                                                           ------------    ------------
                                                                               (114,893)      6,706,120
Less -- Treasury Stock .................................................        146,960         146,960
                                                                           ------------    ------------
   Total Stockholders' Equity ..........................................      7,191,589       6,559,160
                                                                           ------------    ------------
   Total liabilities and Stockholders' Equity ..........................   $ 10,648,596    $  9,857,997
                                                                           ============    ============
</TABLE>


                                      F-17


                      FIRST FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                  Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

(14) THE COMPANY (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) -- (CONTINUED)

                      CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          ------------------------
                                                                        1995         1994         1993
                                                                        ----         ----         ----
<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>
Dividend Income ...................................................   $  75,152    $  61,488    $  47,824
Interest Expense ..................................................     239,653      178,976      167,268
                                                                        -------      -------      -------
Net (Loss) before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings
  of subsidiary ...................................................    (164,501)    (117,488)    (119,444)
Applicable income taxes (benefit) .................................     (81,483)     (60,852)     (56,871)
                                                                        -------      -------      ------- 
Net (Loss) before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary ..     (83,018)     (56,636)     (62,573)
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary ....................     600,795      668,537      612,928
                                                                        -------      -------      -------
Net Income ........................................................   $ 517,777    $ 611,901    $ 550,355
                                                                      =========    =========    =========
</TABLE>

                    CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          ------------------------
                                                                        1995        1994        1993
                                                                        ----        ----        ----
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>          <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net income .....................................................   $ 517,777    $ 611,901    $ 550,355
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
     operating activities --
       Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary .............    (600,795)    (668,537)    (612,928)
       Accretion of discount on debenture .........................     192,312      178,976      167,268
       Net decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities .....     (34,142)     (60,852)     (56,871)
                                                                        -------      -------      ------- 
          Net cash provided by operating activities ...............      75,152       61,488       47,824
                                                                         ------       ------       ------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Dividends paid .................................................     (75,152)     (61,488)     (47,824)
          Net cash used in financing activities ...................     (75,152)     (61,488)     (47,824)
                                                                        -------      -------      ------- 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS ..............        --          --            --
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR ......................        --          --            --
                                                                        -------      -------      -------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR ............................     $  --       $  --        $   --
                                                                        =======     ========     ========   
</TABLE>


                                      F-18

================================================================================

NO DEALER, SALES REPRESENTATIVE, OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE
ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY  REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING
OTHER THAN THOSE  CONTAINED  IN THIS  PROSPECTUS,  AND,  IF GIVEN OR MADE,  SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE COMPANY OR THE UNDERWRITER.  THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER
TO SELL OR A  SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER  TO BUY ANY  SECURITIES  OTHER  THAN THE
SHARES OF COMMON STOCK TO WHICH IT RELATES OR AN OFFER TO, OR A SOLICITATION OF,
ANY  PERSON IN ANY  JURISDICTION  WHERE SUCH AN OFFER OR  SOLICITATION  WOULD BE
UNLAWFUL.  NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS  NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER
SHALL,  UNDER ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE AN IMPLICATION  THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO
CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY  SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT  INFORMATION
CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.


                                 _______________

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Prospectus Summary ........................................................    3
Risk Factors ..............................................................    8
Recent Developments .......................................................   13
The Company ...............................................................   15
Use of Proceeds ...........................................................   17
Dividend Policy ...........................................................   17
Dilution ..................................................................   18
Capitalization ............................................................   19
Consolidated Statements of Income Data ....................................   20
Management's Discussion and Analysis
  of Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations ..............................................................   21
Business ..................................................................   33
Regulation and Supervision ................................................   48
Taxation ..................................................................   59
Management ................................................................   60
Certain Transactions ......................................................   66
Principal Stockholders ....................................................   67
Description of Capital Stock ..............................................   69
Shares Eligible For Future Sale ...........................................   72
Underwriting ..............................................................   74
Certain Legal Matters .....................................................   75
Experts ...................................................................   75
Additional Information ....................................................   75
Index to Financial Statements .............................................  F-1
</TABLE>

   
    UNTIL JUNE 7, 1996 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS),  ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING   TRANSACTIONS   IN  THE   REGISTERED   SECURITIES,   WHETHER  OR  NOT
PARTICIPATING  IN THIS  DISTRIBUTION,  MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE  OBLIGATION  OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS  WHEN
ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR  UNSOLD   ALLOTMENTS  OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
    

================================================================================




================================================================================


                              550,000 SHARES



                           FIRST FINANCIAL CORP.

                               COMMON STOCK









                               
                                __________
     
                                PROSPECTUS
                                __________
                                









                     SANDLER O'NEILL & PARTNERS, L.P.




   
                              May 13, 1996
    




================================================================================



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission